University of Bolton

Transcription

Undergraduate prospectus
07
contents
>
quit
contents
Make the University of Bolton your choice.
<
>
quit
Contents
1
Contents
Introduction
2
International students
19
New courses for 2007
3
Languages at the University of Bolton
20
There’s more to life
4
Study overseas
21
Students’ Union
6
Finding the right course
22
On your marks
7
Combined Honours degrees
24
8
There’s no place like home
Postgraduate courses
26
Money talks
10
Art and Design
28
We all need somebody to lean on
13
Built Environment
40
Read all about it
15
Business, Management and Logistics
62
Wish you were here
16
Working 9 ‘til 5
17
Computing
82
Education
98
Engineering
102
English, Media and Creative Studies
118
Health
126
History, Philosophy, Sociology and Community Studies
134
Maths and Life Sciences
140
Product Design and Textiles
146
Psychology
160
Sport and Recreation
168
Tourism Management
178
Entry requirements
181
How to apply
183
Our collaborative partners
185
Campus maps
186
Course index
189
Terms and conditions
193
Acknowledgements
193
contents
<
>
quit
2
Introduction
Introduction
Welcome to the University of Bolton, one of the UK’s newest and most
student-focused universities. Here, we give you plenty of opportunities to
develop your knowledge, skills and ambitions in a challenging academic
environment. Our new title reflects and strengthens our long-established
reputation for higher education, research and development that's of the
contents
highest quality and relevance.
Our up-to-the-minute understanding of what employers expect from
<
graduates is reflected in the accreditation of our courses by more than
20 professional bodies.
>
We provide first-class and ever-developing facilities, and are renowned for
quit
our student support. In fact, our students are among the most satisfied in
the North West*.
We look forward to you sharing our achievements and becoming part of
the success story that is the University of Bolton.
THE UNIVERSITY OF BOLTON
IS FULL OF CHARACTER AND
DIVERSITY IN EVERY SPHERE.
BUT AT OUR HEART IS OUR
FRIENDLY WELCOMING APPROACH
TO ALL STUDENTS WHATEVER
*Student Satisfaction Survey (September 2005), published in
THEIR PURPOSE IN ATTENDING
The Times Higher Education Supplement and at www.tqi.ac.uk.
UNIVERSITY.
3
In addition to our current courses we
are pleased to introduce our exciting
new range for 2007.
Art and Design
Design for Interiors Foundation Degree (FdA).
Design for Interiors (Top Up) BA (Hons)*.
Fine Arts BA (Hons).
Textile Design BA (Hons)*.
Built Environment
Civil Engineering Foundation Degree (FdSc)*.
Planning Foundation Degree (FdSc)*.
Property Management & Valuation Foundation
Degree (FdSc)*.
International Management BA (Hons)*.
Law LLB (Hons).
Logistics Management Foundation
Degree (FdSc)*.
Management BA (Hons)*.
Engineering
Aerospace Engineering HNC.
Automobile Engineering HNC.
Automotive Retail Management & Engineering
Foundation Degree (FdSc).
Automotive Retail Engineering HNC.
Mechanical Engineering HNC.
Health
Community Health & Wellbeing BSc (Hons)*.
History, Philosophy, Sociology and
Community Studies
Youth & Community Work Certificate of
Continuing Professional Development.
Product Design and Textiles
Fashion & Textiles BSc (Hons)*.
Fashion & Textiles HND*.
Product Design BA (Hons)*.
contents
<
>
quit
Psychology
Access to HE: Psychology.
Psychology & Management BA/BSc (Hons)*.
Adventure Recreation Management Foundation
Degree (FdA)*.
Adventure Recreation Management (Top Up)
BSc (Hons)*.
Sport & Fitness Management Foundation
Degree (FdA).
Strength & Conditioning BSc (Hons)*.
Courses marked with an * are subject to Validation.
4
Bolton offers you a wide range of entertainment, such as bars, clubs and places to eat. You
can enjoy international fare - superb Balti houses, Thai, Japanese, Mediterranean, as well as
traditional fish and chips and even a good old Sunday Roast.
The University’s Halls of Residence are within walking distance of all the town centre
attractions.
There are multiplex cinemas, theatres and if you like watching football, there’s the famous
Bolton Wanderers. There are shopping malls, department stores, speciality shops and the
local market - and if that doesn’t satisfy your shopping needs, the super-shopping mall of
contents
the Trafford Centre is just a few miles away.
Just 15 minutes from Bolton is Manchester, a lively centre of social life, from national music
<
venues like the MEN Arena and G-Mex to major clubs. Its attractions range from first-class
culture - the architecturally and acoustically stunning Bridgewater Hall is home to the very
best in classical music - to such vibrant quarters as China Town and the Gay Village.
>
Nearby Salford is home to a stunning complex which includes the modern Lowry Arts
Going to university isn’t simply about
Centre, the Daniel Leibeskind-designed Imperial War Museum of the North and arguably
studying. You need to be sure that the
the most famous football club in the world, Manchester United.
University you choose will suit your
academic needs as well as your lifestyle
and interests.
Bolton is one of the largest towns in the
UK and two of the most vibrant cities in
England are not far away. This means that
you benefit from the low cost of living
in the town, but can enjoy the nightlife,
culture and entertainment on offer in
Manchester and Liverpool.
quit
life style
5
contents
<
>
quit
Heather Darley
BA (Hons) Media Writing and Production.
“Bolton town has plenty of shops and is not too
far away from both the Halls and each campus,
it also has great nightlife and clubs that suit all
tastes.”
6
Students’ Union
Students’ Union
The Students’ Union looks after
The Union is constantly changing to meet and reflect our students’ needs, but one thing
your educational, social, welfare and
that remains constant is the dedication of our officers and support services to represent
recreational interests. Throughout the
and advocate your needs. There are full-time and part-time officers here to provide
year, we strive to provide you with
a comprehensive service of advice and assistance where and when you need it most.
opportunities, facilities and services that
The Union is committed to making sure that you are treated fairly, with the full backing
will support your course and generally
of the National Union of Students (NUS). We will support you if you have a genuine
enhance your 'student experience'.
grievance.
Our Advice Unit can help with any issues you may face as a student. Whether you’re
contents
having financial problems, wondering about your benefit entitlement, need advice on
Anieka Rizzo
BA (Hons) Psychology.
“Bolton town centre has
plenty of shops, bars
and the nightclubs are
very lively.”
international student Visas or if you are having problems on your course. All advice given
is professional and independent from the University so you can be sure that we’re looking
<
after your needs first.
The Union Venue is our social and catering area. Here you can experience some great
>
food, drink and entertainment in a safe and secure environment. It is also a meeting point
for the many and varied Clubs and Societies run by the Union.
The Union is run by students for students. We rely on your support and involvement to
effectively represent your concerns, inject fresh ideas and bring positive changes to make
your student experience memorable.
No matter who you are, there is a place here for you within the Students' Union, from
simply having a place to sit comfortably and eat your lunch to sitting on influential
committees, having a drink after your work is done or playing a game of football to
unwind. Everything you need is here!
quit
On your marks
7
On your marks
The University has a large Sports Centre
There is an extensive activity programme with weekly classes including everything from
housing a multi-court sports hall, a
Salsa to Boxercise. In addition, there are annual fitness events such as Healthy Heart Week
climbing wall and a gym with a range
and an Outdoor Summer Term Activity Programme, including horse-riding and climbing.
of cardio-vascular equipment and free
The Students’ Union also provides the opportunity for you to get involved with the
weights.
numerous sports clubs, ranging from netball to hung kuen and snowboarding.
In and around Bolton there are plenty of facilities to cater for your sporting interests:
golf, swimming, badminton, mountain-biking and the rest. You’ll find everything you need
in the area. The Bolton Arena, which hosted many international events during the 2002
contents
Commonwealth Games, has sport completely covered: track and field, floodlit five-a-side
pitches, state-of-the-art gym, dance studios, and indoor tennis and badminton courts.
If you’d rather watch others work up a sweat you can see a wide range of sports including
<
international cricket, rugby, cycling and basketball in nearby Manchester – and, of course,
football action at the Reebok Stadium, home to Bolton Wanderers.
>
quit
8
We recognise that moving away from
We have two Halls of Residence,
home can be a daunting prospect. That
convenient for the University and the
is why we encourage new students to
town centre. All rooms are self-catering
the University to apply for a place in the
and fully-furnished with single study
Halls of Residence.
bedrooms with internet connections.
Shared kitchen facilities mean you soon
Heather Darley
meet fellow students living in Halls. Both
BA (Hons) Media, Writing & Production.
Halls can accommodate students with
“The Halls of Residence are a fantastic place to
live and it’s the best way to meet new people and
additional needs.
make good friends. There is plenty of room for all
your needs and internet access.”
As a Halls resident you can be sure that
contents
<
if there are any problems, help is at hand.
There’s plenty of free car parking. The cost
>
of a single room in the Halls of Residence
works out at approximately £57* per
week. This cost is inclusive and there are
quit
no hidden charges.
If you would like further information on
the Halls of Residence, please contact us
on 01204 903484.
Michael Fleary
Graduate in BSc (Hons) Sport & Leisure
Management.
“I lived in Orlando Village in the first year, it was
amazing! I still keep in touch with all my flatmates to
this day!”
*Approximately £2300 for a 40 week standard
contract (estimated prices for 2006/7 academic year
– subject to approval).
rooms for all
9
contents
<
>
quit
10
Money talks
Money talks
Non-Repayable Maintenance Grants
From September 2006, new full-time undergraduates from lower income households
will be able to apply for a non-repayable maintenance grant of up to £2,700 a year. How
much you get will depend on your household’s income*. If that income is £17,500 or
less you’re probably eligible for a full grant of £2,700 a year. If your household’s income
is between £17,500 and about £37,425 you may still be able to get a partial grant. Your
grant will be paid in three installments at the start of each term.
The University of Bolton Bursary Scheme
contents
The University will provide up to £300 worth of support to those in receipt of either a
The Facts
1
• Non-repayable grant of up to £2,700
available to some students.
• Study first, payback when you are
earning.
• The University will offer a new nonrepayable supplementary bursary and
scholarship to eligible students.
full or a partial maintenance grant. Like the grant, this is assessed on household income
and payable to students who are attending the University after December 1st. This is a
non-repayable bursary.
• A full bursary of £300 will be awarded if the student’s household income is less than
>
£17,500, if they are in receipt of the full maintenance grant and they are studying on a
course costing £3,000 per year.
• A partial bursary (minimum £50) will be payable where household income is between
£17,501 and £37,425, and the student is in receipt of a partial maintenance grant.
The University of Bolton Scholarship
If you are studying a qualification here at the University, or with one of our partners,
that will give you entry onto one of our full-time undergraduate courses, you may get a
scholarship worth £700 a year which you don’t have to pay back. For full details of the
1 This information is based on Aimhigher
Scholarship scheme and what you have to do to qualify, please see our website www.
information and only applies to students who live
in England. If you live in other parts of the UK
bolton.ac.uk for more detailed information and then contact the Student Funding Adviser
please see the website www.dfes.gov.uk for up to
date information.
<
on 01204 903497.
*Please see www.studentsupportdirect.co.uk for further details.
quit
Money talks
11
Fees
Student Loans
If you are studying on a full-time
There are two types of student loan available from 2006, one to cover your tuition fees
undergraduate course you will not have to
and one for maintenance to cover your living expenses.
pay any money up-front. You will be able
to take out a student fee loan to cover
1) Student Fee Loan
the cost of your tuition fees. Full-time
You can apply for the exact amount of your tuition fees and the money will be paid
undergraduate courses at the University
directly to the University to cover the cost of your course.
of Bolton will cost £3,000 a year. Sandwich
contents
years out will not attract a fee. You only
2) Student Maintenance Loan
start to repay this once you have finished
The maximum loan amount for maintenance is being raised above the rate of inflation for
studying and are earning £15,000 a year.
September 2006. How much you get will depend on how much of the new maintenance
grant you are entitled to. In general students will be able to receive approximately 75% of
<
the maximum figure. As a guide, the maximum annual loan for 2006 is detailed below:
>
Maximum student loan for maintenance in 2006
Maximum
annual loan
available
Minimum amount
of loan for those
in receipt of
maintenance grant
If you live away from your
parent’s house whilst at
University
£4,405
£3,205
If you live at your parent’s
house whilst studying at
University
£3,415
£2,215
Minimum amounts
of loan for those
not in receipt of
maintenance grant
£3,305
£2,560
This information is based on Aimhigher information and only applies to students who live
in England. If you live in other parts of the UK please see the website www.dfes.gov.uk for
up to date information.
quit
12
Money talks
Loan Repayments
Your student loan for maintenance and your student loan for fees (if you’ve taken this
element) will be combined together, but repayments won’t start until the April after
you’ve finished your course. Even then, you only start payments once you are earning
£15,000 a year. The loans only attract an interest rate linked to the rate of inflation.
So what you repay will be broadly the same, in real terms, as what you borrowed.
Repayments will usually be made automatically through the tax system. If you stop earning
contents
over £15,000 then your payments will stop. Don’t forget the government will write off any
of your loan balances which are left unpaid 25 years after you’ve finished your course.
<
Additional Funding and Help
If you have a disability you may be entitled to a Disabled Students’ Allowance. This is
money to help with costs you incur in attending your course, as a direct result of your
>
disability. You don’t have to pay any of this back. See the booklet ‘Bridging the Gap’
available from your Local Education Authority (LEA) or by calling 0800 731 9133.
quit
Students with children may be able to get a Parents’ Learning Allowance or help with
childcare costs. If you have an adult who is dependent on you, you may be able to get an
Adult Dependants’ Grant. To find out more contact your LEA or call the number above.
Part-Time Students
A non-repayable grant up to a maximum of £1,375 to help with the costs of fees and
studying may be available if you are studying at least 50% of a full time course.
Further Information
The University has a comprehensive
financial support service and is
always willing to answer individual
queries. See our website www.bolton.
ac.uk for more information or call
01204 903484.
13
Before you start and throughout your time at University, you will no doubt have a number
of questions that you want to ask us. That’s why we have a dedicated Student Centre to
support and help you. The Centre brings together all the student services that we offer.
Our friendly Student Advisers can offer information, advice and support on a wide range
of issues that may affect you. You can ask about anything, from getting a part-time job to
arranging an appointment with a student counsellor.
contents
Where can I get advice about graduate
job opportunities?
<
How can I find out about the Halls of
Residence?
>
Do I qualify for any financial support?
Are there any fitness classes in the
Sports Centre?
quit
Is there a chaplain?
Where can I find out about part-time
work?
THE STUDENT CENTRE
How do I apply to the University?
Joanna Clyne
BA (Hons) Human Resource
Management.
“I had contact with the University of
Bolton for a few years before starting
a degree and I have found the Student
Cente staff very supportive and ready to
help at anytime.”
Are there any Open Days that I can
attend?
Where can I get advice about my
disability?
The University of Bolton’s Student Centre is ‘matrix’ Standard Accredited.
14
Student Counselling Services
The chaplains help people to explore
All of our services in the Student Centre
questions about faith, meaning and
are totally separate from those available
purpose from people’s own culture and
within the Students’ Union or your
beliefs. They offer friendship and support
academic department. We are a source of
to staff and students through difficult times
confidential help, information and advice.
and crises.
You may choose to talk to a friend, a
relative, the Students’ Union or a member
of staff – one of your lecturers or tutors.
But if you feel the need to speak to
someone who is not involved in your
personal life or academic work, you can
arrange to see our experienced counsellor.
Our counsellor offers a totally confidential
service. No problem is too trivial if it is
affecting your work or starting to get you
down. If you are not sure what is troubling
you, the counsellor can often help. Please
contact the Student Information Service
on 01204 903733 for an appointment.
Multi-faith Chaplaincy
The Chaplaincy consists of a team
of chaplains from different faiths and
traditions. They visit both University
campuses and the Halls of Residence.
Student Finance
and students with mental health issues.
A range of support is available through
This includes guidance on applying for
the Access to Learning Fund. The fund is
government funding through the Disabled
there to help meet costs that students
Students' Allowance (DSA), a process
cannot meet from other sources of
that can begin up to six months before
support. It can be used to help alleviate
the course commences. Check out: http://
unexpected financial hardship. To find out
www.bolton.ac.uk/studentcentre/disability/
if you qualify for one of these awards,
index.html
and how to apply, please pick up an
advice leaflet or telephone the Student
Information Service on 01204 903733.
Additional Learning Support
Whilst we encourage independence and
individuality, we recognise the importance
of a supportive environment for students
Disability staff will liaise with other key
university staff (with student’s consent)
to raise awareness of support needs and
reasonable adjustments. Please contact
The Disability Service on 01204 903478
for our booklet ‘Information for disabled
students and those with additional needs’.
with additional learning requirements
To contact a Disability Adviser, please
studying at university. Advice and guidance
call in at Student Centre, Eagle Mall or
on study support and related issues is
call 01204 903086 or 01204 903478,
available to disabled students, those with
Fax 01204 903809, Minicom 01204
specific learning difficulties eg dyslexia
903490, SMS (Text only) 07799 657035.
contents
<
>
quit
Read all about it
15
Read all about it
The University’s Learning Support
In addition to the 170,000 books, access to more than 6,500 electronic full-text journals
Centres give you access to all the books,
and subscriptions to 5000 hard-copy journals, there is a full range of audio-visual material
computing and media resources you
and electronic access to a variety of internet on-line resources. You can even access the
need to study successfully.
library catalogue, renew items, check availability and make reservations using the internet
from home.
There are more than 20 open-access computer rooms and group study rooms, with about
500 PCs available for use. Our 24-hour computer room ensures that you can complete
your work at whatever time suits you.
contents
Staff are on hand to guide you through any problems and to show you how to get things
done. Our librarian team has subject specialists who can make sure that you find exactly
<
what you’re looking for.
>
quit
16
Wish you were here
Wish you were here
Nothing compares to visiting us for yourself and we strongly recommend that you come
to find out more about the University and the courses that interest you. We’ve got
University Open Days on:
Saturday
17th June 2006
10.00am – 4.00pm.
Wednesday
18th October 2006
10.00am – 4.00pm.
Saturday
25th November 2006
10.00am – 4.00pm.
contents
<
You’ll be able to meet tutors, take a tour of the University, visit the Halls of Residence, see
the Sports Centre and meet Student Union Representatives. It’s a great chance to find out
>
what life’s like studying here.
If you would like to attend any of the above events, simply complete the postcard at the
back of this prospectus and send it back to us to book your place.
If you can’t make it to the Open Days, don’t worry, please just give us a call
on 01204 903903 and we’ll be happy to tell you more.
Open Day visitor.
“When I visited Bolton I was impressed by the
outstanding computer facilities, first rate library,
halls of residence and the sports complex.”
Michael Fleary
Graduate in BA (Hons) Sport & Leisure
Management.
“Definitely come and have a look around, you’ll
be pleasantly surprised.”
quit
Working 9 ‘til 5
17
Working 9 ‘til 5
We work closely with local and national
Institution of Incorporated Engineers.
companies and organisations like Reebok,
Institution of Mechanical Engineers.
M&S, Alfred McAlpine, Network Rail
and the NHS. Our staff have lots of
experience working in the disciplines
Institution of Structural Engineers.
British Computer Society*.
they’re now teaching. We try to stretch
Chartered Society of Designers.
your thinking, expand your knowledge and
Bar Council.
apply it to practical, work-based problems.
Law Society.
You’ll work as part of a team, learn
how to present your case and influence
decision makers - exactly the kind of skills
that your future employer is looking for.
contents
Institute of Leisure and Amenity
Management.
Chartered Institute of Marketing.
<
Institute of the Motor Industry.
Let’s face it, you come to university to
get a better-paid job. Our graduates
Many of our courses are recognised by
Nursing and Midwifery Council.
professional bodies and associations such
Chartered Institute of Personnel and
as:
Development.
Association of Chartered Certified
have a superb track record in gaining
Accountants.
employment and we are committed
Institute of Financial Accountants.
to helping you develop the skills
Chartered Institute of Management
necessary to allow you to succeed in the
Accountants.
workplace.
Chartered Institute of Architectural
Technologists.
Chartered Institute of Building.
Association of Building Engineers.
Institution of Civil Engineers.
British Psychological Society.
Institute of Chartered Secretaries and
Administrators.
Standards Verification (UK).
Institute of Travel and Tourism.
*Subject to formal ratification.
>
quit
18
Working 9 ‘til 5
Careers Service
Our Careers Service helps you prepare for the world of work by providing guidance
and a range of workshops and talks covering interview techniques, psychometric testing,
preparing CVs and completing application forms to make sure that you are selling your
skills in the most effective way.
Job Shop
If you want to earn some extra cash whilst studying, the Job Shop can help you find a
part-time job. There are a wide range of jobs available with local employers, including bar
contents
work, catering, clerical and administrative posts and many more. If you’re lucky, it may also
be possible for you to find a part-time job that relates to your chosen field of study.
<
Student Volunteers
Bolton has an active student volunteer project. Opportunities exist in all areas of the
community. For more information, please contact June Clayton on 01204 903489 or
>
Keith Lescure on 01204 903642, or visit our website at www.bolton.ac.uk/volunteering.
quit
MOD Enhanced Learning Credits Scheme
The University of Bolton has acquired Approved Learning Provider Status in the MOD
Enhanced Learning Credits Scheme. Our centre number is 1020. Please visit www.
enhancedlearningcredits.com for details.
19
We enjoy a well-established and
If you are applying to us from a country where the language of instruction is not English,
thriving community of international
then you will need to have an English language qualification. We expect applicants to have
students. When you come to Bolton,
passed the International English Language Testing System (IELTS) or Test of English as a
you will join students from more than
Foreign Language (TOEFL) or equivalent, with the following scores:
70 other countries.
Access/Foundation Course
5.0 IELTS/TOEFL 500 Written/173 Computer Based.
Degree/HND/HNC
Postgraduate Course
contents
The University of Bolton is able to provide pre-sessional language programmes – please
see page 20 for further information.
<
When you have made a successful application, you will receive an offer pack which gives
you advice and guidance about being an international student at the University. It provides
details about applying for accommodation and how much it will cost you to study with
To help you make your application to
study with us, we have a number of
us. We require a study deposit of £3,500* which, once paid, will enable us to send you a
letter of confirmation that you may use to apply for your visa.
in-country advisers – please visit our
We operate a Meet and Greet** service for all new international students so that your
website for details. They will be able to
arrival in the UK goes as smoothly as possible. A University representative will meet
advise on our programmes, academic
you at Manchester Airport on your arrival and accompany you to your chosen place of
requirements and procedures, visas
accommodation in Bolton.
and anything that you need to know
about the University. If you are unable
to contact an in-country adviser, please
contact the Centre for International
Relations.
Email: [email protected]
Tel: +44 1204 903110
Fax: +44 1204 903116
>
Our International Society is the biggest society at the University, with nearly 300 members.
Its main aim is to bring our international students together in a social and recreational
environment. The society regularly organises trips and social events that help you get the
most out of your time in the UK.
*Refunds are subject to conditions. **Fee payable. Valid for 2 years from date of testing.
quit
20
Languages
Languages at the University of Bolton
English Language for International Students
Pre-sessional English Foundation Programme (September and February start)
This one-semester course is designed to prepare international students for academic study
and everyday life at a British university. The minimum entry requirement is IELTS 4.5 or
equivalent (eg TOEFL 475 written/152 computer based). It is expected that by the end of
For each language there are five levels of
the course students will reach the equivalent of IELTS 6.0 for undergraduates and 6.5 for
study, from absolute beginner (Stage One)
postgraduates and will be ready to undertake their chosen degree programme. Please see
to advanced level (Stage Five). Typically,
our information for international students on page 19.
students take either one module per
The teaching and learning of English will be through a variety of language activities involving
speaking, listening, reading and writing. Students will develop both general and academic
English language skills.
English Support Classes
We provide a number of English language support classes for international students for
whom English is not the first language. Our writing skills class is particularly successful.
International students may also study the English language and communication skills module
from the undergraduate modular scheme as a 20 credit option.
semester or one module per year thus
progressing steadily through the levels of
study.
listening, reading and writing, with an
emphasis on communicative activities
computer assisted language learning
enhance the learning experience.
Broaden your minds and expand your horizons, develop your communication skills and
Dr Elisabeth Planella
have fun!
Languages Programme Leader
take a language module as an option or an elective. Each module is worth 20 credits on
the undergraduate modular scheme. You may also study a language module as an extra
without credits attached.
Valid for 2 years from date of testing.
>
during class time. Audio, video and
For further information please contact:
University of Bolton. Additional languages may be offered according to demand. You may
<
Teaching and learning focus on speaking,
Foreign Languages
French, German and Spanish language modules are currently available to all students at the
contents
Department of Management
e-mail: [email protected]
Tel. 01204 903120
Or
Department of Management
Enquiries: [email protected]
Tel. 01204 903111
quit
Study overseas
21
Study overseas
China, Czech Republic, Finland, France,
Czech Republic
Germany, Italy, Slovakia, Spain, USA.
Technical University of Liberec - some
Do any of these catch your eye?
Mechanical Engineering/CAD courses are
taught in English.
We can offer you the opportunity to study
France
in an overseas university as part of the
Université de Pau et des Pays de l’Adour
ERASMUS/SOCRATES programme or on
- selected Sport, Leisure and Tourism
an Exchange Programme. The programme
courses are taught in English.
allows you to study up to one semester
Université du Maine - selected Business
of your course abroad on specific course-
and Languages courses are taught in
related modules credited to your degree.
English.
We can help you to gain a place on a
Slovakia
contents
University of Presov - some Tourism,
Philosophy, Literature and History courses
are taught in English.
Spain
v
course taught in English (where available)
Germany
at the overseas university or provide
Fachhochschule Oldenburg/Ostfriesland/
tutoring in selected European languages
Wilhelmshaven - selected Business
Finland
if you are not fluent in the language of
Logistics courses are taught in English.
Turku Polytechnic - some Business and IT
your chosen country. The ERASMUS/
University of Co-operative Education
courses are taught in English.
SOCRATES programme will help fund
Baden-Württemberg - selected Business
your travel and accommodation whilst you
Studies and ICT courses are taught in
are studying overseas.
English.
Here is a list of the universities where we
Fachhochschule Stralsund - selected
currently have links:
Business Studies courses are taught in
English.
China
Zhaoqing University.
Hochschule für Technik, Wirtschaft und
Kultur (HTWK - Leipzig).
<
Universidade de Vigo.
USA
University of Connecticut.
>
quit
22
We’re at the forefront of vocational and
All students have different needs, so we
professional education in the North
attach huge importance to flexibility in our
and feature close links with industry,
West of England. Many of our courses
courses. You’ll find full-time, part-time and
commerce and professional
are respected internationally and
distance learning courses at Bolton. You’ll
associations.
are accredited by the world’s leading
also enjoy smaller teaching groups, learn
professional and technical bodies.
hands-on and benefit from lecturers with
practical and professional experience of
working in the areas they teach. Whether
you’re looking for a career in industry,
• Many courses are vocationally oriented
• In addition to the usual September
enrolment, many courses offer a
February start.
• We operate a flexible programme at
commerce, the arts or professions like
undergraduate level that means you can
accountancy or quantity surveying, you’ll
combine subjects and disciplines to suit
find a course here to suit you.
your particular needs.
Sometimes you may find it’s simply not
possible for you to fit your chosen course
around your other responsibilities. If this is
the case, don’t hesitate to talk to us. Many
of our courses are available by part-time
study, and others sometimes offer distancelearning.
• Many courses can be studied part-time.
Our courses are designed for maximum
flexibility:
• We offer an impressive range of
courses at foundation/access, higher
diploma, degree and postgraduate levels.
<
>
Honours degree courses
• Undergraduate degrees usually take
three years.
• Sandwich degrees take four years, the
third year being spent in a work
placement.
Choosing your course
contents
• Graduates are qualified for work in
many different fields and professions.
• A degree is internationally recognised as
a suitable preparation for postgraduate
study.
quit
Foundation degrees
These prepare you for study at diploma or
• Employment-related.
degree level.
• Designed in conjunction with
• There are various Foundation/Access
employers.
• Vocationally based to meet the skills
shortages at the higher technician and
associate professional levels.
• Suitable preparation for advanced entry
onto Honours degree programmes.
Higher National Diploma/Certificate
courses
• Specific vocational relevance.
• Many of our HND/HNC courses have
direct links to our degree programmes,
so that with sufficient achievement you
can study at degree level for a further
one or two years to gain an Honours
degree.
Foundation/Access courses
If you do not have the appropriate entry
qualifications for a diploma or degree
programme, then you could consider our
full-time Foundation/Access courses.
23
programmes designed for different
disciplines.
• Access to Higher Education courses in
Business, Psychology and Mathematics.
contents
• Foundation Diploma in Art & Design.
• Foundation courses for
<
Computing, Design Technology,
Engineering, Life Sciences, Psychology
and Textiles.
>
Start your course in September or
February
quit
We are one of the few universities in the
country that has a February intake as well
Associate students study alongside full and
as a September start for many courses.
part-time students, and enrol for modules
Please contact us for further information.
on offer within the framework and may, if
they wish, offer themselves for assessment.
The Associate Student Programme
Modules successfully completed in this way
Bolton’s Associate Student Programme
may, if the student wishes at a later date
enables you to study at degree level
to enrol for an award, be credited towards
without committing yourself to a complete
that award under the Credit Accumulation
award-bearing programme.
and Transfer Scheme (CATS) regulations.
24
Combined Honours Degrees
Combined Honours degrees
Many of the subjects we offer at Honours degree level can be
Subject
combined. While a Single Honours course allows you to specialise in
one area, our Combined Honours options provide a way of studying
two individual subjects to create the ideal degree for you.
There are two types of Combined Honours degree: Major/Minor
Honours (where approximately two thirds of your studies will be
Human Resource Management
Law
Logistics & Supply Chain Management
Management*
Marketing
in the Major subject and one third in the Minor subject) and Joint
EDUCATION
Honours (where you study both subjects equally). Please refer to the
Education Studies
UCAS directory for codes linked to full-time Combined Honours
courses.
Applicants for Combined Honours degrees need to achieve the
higher of the UCAS point scores published for the two subjects they
wish to combine. Please see individual course entries for details.
Subject
Major
Mode
Joint
Mode
•
•
•
•
•
•
Minor
Mode
Page
•
•
•
•
Minor
Mode
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Page
70
73
74
76
77
contents
•
99
•
•
•
•
119
120
121
123
ENGLISH, MEDIA AND CREATIVE STUDIES
Creative Writing
English
Film & Media Studies
Writing for Stage, Screen & Radio*
•
Community Studies
History
Philosophy
Sociology
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
135
136
137
138
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
141
142
143
144
•
•
•
161
MATHS AND LIFE SCIENCES
•
31
35
36
37
38
Biology
Environmental Studies
Human Sciences
Mathematics
PSYCHOLOGY
BUSINESS, MANAGEMENT AND LOGISTICS
Accountancy
Business Information Systems
Business Studies
E-Business
Joint
Mode
•
•
•
•
•
•
<
>
HISTORY, PHILOSOPHY, SOCIOLOGY & COMMUNITY STUDIES
ART AND DESIGN
Animation & Illustration
Fine Arts
Graphic Design
Photography & Video
Textile Design*
Major
Mode
63
64
66
69
Psychology
* Subject to Validation.
quit
25
enlightened
contents
<
Nikki Fatade
BEng (Hons) Electronic & Computer
Engineering.
“I came to Bolton because they offered
the exact course I wanted. It is very
challenging and at the same time exciting.
They have all the facilities required and
the lecturers are extremely helpful.”
>
quit
26
For further information about taught
Graduate Diploma (GradDip):
– Chartered Institute of Personnel and
full-time and part-time postgraduate
Psychology.
Development (CIPD).
Postgraduate Certificate in Education
Master of Arts (MA):
(PGCE)/Certificate in Education (CertEd):
Community Sports Development,
Further, Higher and Adult Education
Creative Writing,
courses call Recruitment and Admissions
on 01204 903903 for department contact
details. Bursaries may be available in some
cases for full-time study.
(specialisms include: Generic; Adult ESOL
E-Learning for Educationalists,
Qingchang Chen
Specialist; Adult Literacy Specialist; Adult
Master of Business
Administration.
Numeracy Specialist; with Qualification as
Lecturer or Practice Educator recorded by
Human Resource Management,
“I came to the University
the Nursing and Midwifery Council).
Inclusive Education,
of Bolton because of it’s
reputation and close links with
the Zhoaqing University in
Postgraduate Diploma (PGDip):
China.”
Basic Skills Education,
Management Studies (DMS),
Education Management,
Photography,
contents
<
Policy & Practice in Basic Skills Education,
Public Art*.
>
Professional Development Scheme
quit
27
Master of Business Administration (MBA):
Distance Learning),
RESEARCH DEGREES
Master of Business Administration (full-time
Engineering Management,
Research Degrees such as MPhil or PhD
or part-time),
Small Business Management,
Managing in Health & Social Care.
Information Technology,
IT Systems Development,
Logistics & Supply Chain Management,
Master of Education (MEd):
Psychology,
Professional Development,
Strength & Conditioning,
Technical & Vocational Education.
Textile Engineering,
Master of Science (MSc):
Transport*.
Advanced Microelectronics (by Distance
Learning),
Advanced Materials (specialisms include:
are particularly suitable for those whose
current or intended career requires high
levels of competence in the formulation
and solution of research problems.
For information about research specialisms,
facilities and funding, contact Academic
contents
Administration on
01204 903611, or the relevant department.
<
*Subject to Validation.
>
Fire Retardancy, Intelligent Materials,
Medical Textiles and Technical Textiles),
Advanced Practice (Health & Social Care),
Business Information Systems,
Civil Engineering*,
Community Health Care Nursing,
Computer Aided Engineering Design,
Construction Management,
Critical Psychology,
E-Business,
E-Marketing,
Electronic Product Development (by
quit
28
Art and Design
Art & Design BA (Hons)
Art & Design Foundation Diploma
29
30
Animation & Illustration BA (Hons)
31
Design for Interiors Foundation Degree
32
Design for Interiors (Top Up) BA (Hons)*
33
Design Innovation BDes (Hons)
34
Fine Arts BA (Hons)
35
Graphic Design BA (Hons)
36
Photography & Video BA (Hons)
37
Textile Design BA (Hons)*
38
contents
<
>
quit
Art and Design
29
Art & Design
BA (Hons) Full-time/Part-time
UCAS Code
WW12 BA/ARD (Route A full-time).
EW12 BA/ARDb (Route B full-time).
Duration
3 years full-time.
4 to 6 years part-time.
Available as
Single Honours.
Start Dates
September and February.
Typical Offer
160 UCAS points or equivalent.
Portfolio of appropriate
work/interview.
See Entry Requirements page 181.
Additional Costs
Some additional costs related to
specific appropriate materials
relevant to programme of study.
Possible additional costs related to
study visits.
Emma Hildreth.
Graduate in BA (Hons)
Graphic Design.
“I would advise anyone
interested in Art and Design
courses to attend an Open
Day, meet the staff and see the
facilities on offer”
ABOUT THE COURSE
JOB PROSPECTS
This unique modular degree offers you the
opportunity to negotiate an individual and
personally relevant degree programme. It allows
you a greater than usual input to the composition
and direction of your studies. Your module choices
are negotiated and agreed against a background of
informed discussion with staff.
Many of our graduates become practitioners
within a broad range of art and design activities
as multi-skilled artist and designers. Many go into
teaching, art therapy, museum and gallery work.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
The BA (Hons) Art & Design is a broad-based
learning experience that offers you structured
experiences in Fine Arts, Textile Design,
Photography and Video, Graphics, Animation
and Illustration and Contextual Studies. Each
programme will be individual, taking into account
your personal interests, prior learning and career
ambitions.
OTHER RELATED COURSES
•
•
•
•
•
BA (Hons) Animation & Illustration.
BDes (Hons) Design Innovation.
BA (Hons) Fine Arts.
BA (Hons) Graphic Design.
BA (Hons) Textile Design*.
contents
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
The programme will be negotiated with your
personal tutor at all stages of the programme. Your
course will consist of a number of core modules
and supporting studies from two or more areas.
Each programme is individual.
HOW WILL THIS COURSE HELP YOU GET A JOB?
This degree is an ideal preparation for a wide
range of occupations within art and design. The
course is recognised as good preparation for a
range of employment opportunities rather than
being specific to any job or narrow group of jobs.
SPECIAL FEATURES
This course is unique, enabling you to make
links that are personally relevant, by constructing
a programme which reflects your individual
aspirations.
T 01204 903903 E [email protected] W www.bolton.ac.uk
<
>
quit
30
Art and Design
Edexcel Full-time
Duration
1 year full-time.
Available as
Single Subject.
Start Dates
September.
Typical Offer
4 GCSE grade C passes/Portfolio
of Art & Design work.
study visits.
Additional Costs
ABOUT THE COURSE
explore a wide range of creative activities before
committing yourself to one area of study at
degree level.
SPECIAL FEATURES
Success on the Foundation course carries with
it an automatic place on an appropriate degree
programme within the Art & Design Academic
Scheme at Bolton.
JOB PROSPECTS
The Foundation Diploma is an ideal preparation
for a wide range of degree opportunities within
art and design.
As an Art & Design Foundation student, you
have access to the resources and workshops of
degree-level programmes, experiencing a wide
range of art and design practices, and benefiting
from a wide range of higher education lecturers
who are active practitioners in the industry.
contents
<
>
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
The course curriculum encourages you to
explore the potential of art and design as
a career, and introduces you to a range of
subject specialisms available in the four main
areas: Fine Arts, Photography & Video, Graphic
Design and Textile/Surface/Fashion Design. These
activities are underpinned by an engagement
with contemporary and critical studies. The
programme aims to produce self-motivated,
independent and resourceful students, ready to
meet the challenge of their future careers.
quit
Whilst the one-year Foundation Diploma in
Art & Design may not prepare you totally for
the working environment, it does enable you to
Art and Design
31
Animation & Illustration
ABOUT THE COURSE
Bolton’s Animation & Illustration degree
programme encourages you to explore the
potential of moving and still image-making within
the creative industries, from TV and film, the web,
publishing and advertising.
By providing you with the industry standard
qualification, and specialised education to develop
your skills and knowledge to a professional level.
UCAS Code
WW26 BA/ANI (Route A full-time).
EW26 BA/ANIb (Route B full-time).
Duration
3 years full-time.
Available as
Single/Joint Honours.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
work/interview.
This discipline can be combined
with other subjects - see page 24.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
study visits.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Additional Costs
Character design, storyboarding and narrative
techniques, 2D traditional/digital animation, digital
3D animation, traditional and digital illustration for
screen and print.
1 General graphics, aesthetics and computer use.
2 Basics of both disciplines.
3 Advanced study of both or either specialism.
SPECIAL FEATURES
Live and simulated live briefs, teaching by active
professionals, competition work and degree
show. The ability to select modules from related
degrees such as Graphic Design.
• Vocational flavour of the degree.
• Exceptional levels of contact time with staff.
• Access to computers and facilities.
• Staff professional experience.
contents
JOB PROSPECTS
<
Work as an illustrator, animator or combination of
both in a studio environment or as a freelance in
areas such as TV, film, multimedia, all forms of print
and games.
>
• BA (Hons) Graphic Design.
• BA (Hons) Photography & Video.
quit
32
Art and Design
Design for Interiors Foundation Degree
FdA Full-time/Part-time
UCAS Code
W250 FdA/DeI (Route A full-time).
E250 FdA/DeIb (Route B full-time).
Duration
2 years full-time.
3-4 years part-time.
Available as
Single Subject.
Start Dates
September.
Typical Offer
80 UCAS points or equivalent or
portfolio.
Interview with course leader.
Additional Costs
study visits.
The types of activities you can expect to be
involved in are: practical exercises (involving,
for example, drawing and colour work),
projects, group work, formal lectures, research
(Internet, book or retail based), field trips, formal
feedback sessions, computer-based projects and
presentations.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Level 1
Interior Design History, Colour, Finishes and
Texture, Drawing for Interiors, Materials, CAD
skills, WBL (work based learning) project.
Level 2
Design Restraints, Marketing, Global Interiors,
Group Enterprise, Major Project.
ABOUT THE COURSE
Three well-established departments contribute
to this course. This means you benefit from a rich
diversity of teaching in Product Design, Art and
Design and Built Environment, not usually available
from a single department.
Skills learned on the course are both subject
specific and interpersonal. For the latter,
employers want graduates who can demonstrate
their ability to work independently, as well as part
of a team, to give presentations and write reports,
and to come up with creative ideas. Specifically in
the field of Interior Design the skills you learn on
the course will be relevant to everyday working
life – from drawing and colour work though to
dealing with builders and clients.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
We want to give you an awareness of the whole
range of topics related to Interior Design and
to equip you with the necessary skills to enter
this exciting career world. For part-time students
already working in this area, we want to ensure
that your experience is recognised and credit
given for it, whilst making your learning relevant to
your employer.
This course provides a grounding in aspects of
interior design and décor. You will look at colour,
drawing, CAD, materials, history of interior design,
as well as developing an awareness of regulatory
issues. Work is carried out through projects and
presentations, in groups as well as individually.
You will gain awareness of historical and global
influences, become aware of relevant legislation,
and learn about the properties and use of the
multitude of materials used in interiors. As with
any Foundation degree course, work based
learning is crucial and will be developed through
live projects as well as learning in the work-place.
course designed for real needs, as well as offering
professional and up-to-date teaching.
Students who are currently in work in a relevant
industry, can gain credit for WBL and full-time
students can gain credit for work placements.
The blend of practical, work-related tasks
and academic study ensures that you are well
equipped for you chosen career. Practical work is
undertaken in our design studios (especially our
new purpose-built Design Studio, equipped with
state-of-the-art equipment), IT and CAD suites
with the latest equipment. Practical work is also
carried out through case study project work.
JOB PROSPECTS
The types of jobs Foundation degree graduates
will aspire to include Interior Designers, Space
Planners, CAD Technicians, Project Managers,
Visualisers, Interior/Display Stylists, Visual
Merchandising Designers. Those jobs can be found
in the hotel and leisure industries, retail, theatres/
film and commerce, either in the public or private
sector.
SPECIAL FEATURES
• BA (Hons) Design for Interiors (Top Up)*.
• BSc (Hons) Consumer Product Design.
• BSc (Hons) Property Development & Interior
Design*.
• BDes (Hons) Design Innovation.
Cross-departmental delivery of the courses,
coupled with ‘live’ experience, make this is a
contents
<
>
quit
Art and Design
33
Design for Interiors (Top Up)*
UCAS Code
W251 BA/DInt (Route A full-time).
E251 BA/DIntb (Route B full-time).
Duration
1 year full-time.
2 years part-time.
Available as
Single Honours.
Start Dates
September.
Typical Offer
240 HE credits or equivalent.
Additional Costs
study visits.
ABOUT THE COURSE
The one year programme offers students
with the relevant educational experience the
opportunity to progress to an Honours award
in Interior Design. Students undertake a range
of modules within the subject area specialising
in either domestic, industrial or retail interior
design. There is the option to enter the course
via a number of routes but individuals must have
a major interest in the field, demonstrable within
their portfolios. We will also consider students
with extensive professional experience in the
topic.
nature and dynamic of the industry, with particular
reference to the concept of cultural sourcing and
eclecticism in design.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Level 3
The award has three strands to it; firstly a
personal negotiated major design project
throughout the year, secondly professional
development and career planning and finally
design theory and history relating to Interior
Design.
contents
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
The course has specific focus on elements
of contemporary Design for Interiors. It also
promotes a global perspective in looking at the
The course aims to produce graduates that are
well informed, design proficient and market aware.
Students will be taught by a wide mix of industry
experts. They will be equipped with a full range
of professional and business orientated skills, and
be prepared to seek either employed or freelance
work within the sector.
SPECIAL FEATURES
Students undertake a study visit to an
International trade fair, and have the opportunity
to participate in national competitions and
exhibitions.
JOB PROSPECTS
Graduates gain employment as designers,
consultants, educators, buyers or progress to
higher study. Many choose to establish their own
successful businesses both regionally or nationally.
• FdA Design for Interiors.
• BA (Hons) Textile Design*.
<
>
quit
34
Art and Design
Design Innovation
BDes (Hons) Full-time/Part-time
UCAS Code
W290 BDes/DInn (Route A fulltime).
E290 BDes/DInnb (Route B fulltime).
and lateral approaches as part of the innovation
thought process.
Duration
3 years full-time.
Available as
Single Honours.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
work/interview.
You will learn how to conceive original and
innovative designs, in a range of disciplines, using
both traditional techniques and computers. This
leads to you acquiring specialist skills in selected
design disciplines. You will also learn about the
design process and apply it from concept through
to manufacture, including simulation techniques.
The course is as much about creative issues
as it is about practical approaches. It examines
contextual issues, discussing social, ethical and
environmental constraints. Entrepreneurial skills
are acquired, as are a range of other proficiencies
emphasising the application of innovative
approaches, problem-solving capabilities and
interpersonal skills.
Additional Costs
study visits.
ABOUT THE COURSE
In our rapidly changing world, consumers are
becoming more critical and discriminating about
the designed products they select. This course is
planned to equip you with the skills necessary to
become successful in the field of design. Design
is about far more than simply drawing pictures of
products; as well as mental and practical creativity,
the new breed of hybrid designer needs to have
technological understanding and awareness of the
needs of the user. Our course aims to produce
this new type of designer, one who can view
design in a wider way, understanding the fusion
between designers, manufacturers and users and
between technology, business and marketing. You
will experience a wide variety of design disciplines,
including aesthetic and technological aspects. We
use live product briefs to give a flavour of workrelated learning. We also emphasise project-based
activities, worked on individually and in groups. We
encourage and value experimentation, risk-taking
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Level 1 provides a grounding for subsequent
studies. Core modules are: 2D Skills, 3D Skills,
Design Context and Consumer Marketing.
Level 2 has core modules which are: Lifestyle
Product Design, Design Group Project, SelfNegotiated Project, Design Future and Creative
Thinking. You also start to specialise, selecting two
optional modules, such as Photography, Ceramics,
Work Placement, Computer Modelling, 3D
Modelling, Product Development, or International
Fashion Business.
Level 3 is even more specialised, primarily by
the Personal Project accounting for 80 credits,
which is two-thirds of the Final Year study. Other
modules are Professional Practice and Innovation.
Preparing for working life is demonstrated
throughout the course. It is particularly important
in the Group Design project at Level 2, which
is about teamwork and entrepreneurial aspects.
Interpersonal skills are worked on throughout the
course. CAD and other equipment is up-to date
and of industrial standard.
SPECIAL FEATURES
• We are keen to take applicants from a broad
variety of backgrounds, so selection is by either
portfolio or qualifications.
• The final Personal Project accounting for two
thirds of the Final Year.
• Inter-departmental delivery between Art &
Design and Engineering & Design.
JOB PROSPECTS
Become a designer in a consultancy, with
awareness of varied design disciplines;
computer aided designer; product research
and development; computer games; design
management; set up own business; go into
teaching; go on to postgraduate study.
PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION
Graduates can apply for membership of the
Chartered Society of Designers.
•
•
•
•
BSc (Hons) Consumer Product Design.
BA (Hons) Fine Arts.
BA (Hons) Graphic Design.
BA (Hons) Photography & Video.
contents
<
>
quit
Art and Design
35
Fine Arts
UCAS Code
W101 BA/FA (Route A full-time).
E101 BA/FAb (Route B full-time).
Duration
3 years full-time.
Available as
Start Dates
Typical Offer
work/interview.
Additional Costs
study visits.
ABOUT THE COURSE
The course allows a wide range of creative
fine arts practice, and is multi-disciplinary in its
approach. You can opt to pursue a specialised
route in a medium such as painting or sculpture,
but more often develop other skills in areas such
as photography or ceramics, and bring these skills
to your area of specialism. The programme has
also developed strong links to arts organisations
and local authority arts groups, allowing you to
work on ‘live’ projects if you choose. Excellent
facilities allow for a high level of presentation and
development of specialist skills.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
The course is primarily intended to equip you
with a professional level of understanding in fine
arts practice. You will learn new skills to a high
standard in a number of core specialisms, and
be able to make links between these specialisms
in order to develop a substantial and high
standard body of creative art works. You become
increasingly independent in your thinking, and
confident in your ability to apply your knowledge
to your practical work.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Level 1 gives you an opportunity to learn new
skills and develop a critical and informed view of
the visual arts. Exploration and experimentation is
encouraged in this intensive year of discovery.
Level 2 is where you will begin to establish your
personal direction and begin to make use of
the many different specialisms available to you.
Students often make links between their own
projects in the core module, and the electives that
develop specialist skills. You will be given a personal
studio space at the outset of the year, and here
you will undertake most of the studio activity of
your own projects.
Level 3 allows you to become more independent
and self-motivated and you can organise your time
to suit your work pattern. Most of the year will be
spent developing a major "Personal Project". Your
final exhibition will take place at the end of the
year, and will be backed up with a detailed journal
that establishes your ideas firmly in sound research
and a critical appraisal of your ideas. The Degree
Show Exhibition, open to the public, is the most
important event of the year.
Fine Arts graduates are highly regarded for their
abilities to visualise, think creatively ‘outside the
box’, and their acquisition of specialist skills in both
2D and 3D areas. Fine Arts graduates can apply
their skills to a whole range of different careers,
from self-employed artists, public art practitioners,
and curatorial positions in galleries and museums,
to art therapists, illustrators, and freelance
designers (spatially, time-based, and 2D).
SPECIAL FEATURES
The Fine Arts programme at Bolton has maintained
its traditional approach to fine art, allowing you to
develop specific skills across the spectrum of fine
art, whilst using advances in digital technology to
enhance and keep up-to-date with new advances.
You can apply a multi-disciplinary approach to
your work, because of the open nature of the
department, making use of the high-level facilities
across the department.
• The Fine Arts programme offers a broad Fine
Art practical experience, with a traditional core
encompassing Drawing, Painting, Sculpture,
Printmaking, Photography, Digital Media and
Ceramics.
• Excellent facilities, including 3D wood and
metal workshops, and dedicated studio
provision.
• Strong links with Arts Groups in the region
enable students to work on ‘live’ projects.
contents
<
>
JOB PROSPECTS
Students from the course have moved on to further
study at postgraduate and Masters level, set up their
own studio spaces within Bolton and the region,
have obtained positions within local arts groups,
such as Hospital Arts, Percent for Housing and
Artists in Schools. Others have become freelance
illustrators, and artists working for commission.
• BA (Hons) Art & Design.
• BA (Hons) Textile Design*.
quit
36
Art and Design
Graphic Design
UCAS Code
W210 BA/GrD (Route A full-time).
E210 BA/GrDb (Route B fulltime).
Duration
3 years full-time.
Available as
Start Dates
Typical Offer
work/interview.
Additional Costs
study visits.
ABOUT THE COURSE
Our Graphic Design degree programme
encourages you to explore the potential of all
forms of graphics within the creative industries,
from TV and film, the web, packaging, to publishing
and advertising.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
Visualisation techniques, digital artwork
preparation, professional practice, screen and
print-based graphics in general.
to develop your skills and knowledge to a
professional level.
SPECIAL FEATURES
Live and simulated live briefs, teaching by active
professionals, competition work and degree
show. The ability to select modules from related
degrees such as Animation & Illustration.
• Vocational flavour of the degree.
• Exceptional levels of contact time with staff.
• Access to computers and facilities.
• Staff professional experience.
contents
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
1 General graphics, aesthetics and computer use.
2 Key professional skills and specialist areas of
the industry.
3 Advanced study of any combination of
disciplines.
JOB PROSPECTS
By providing you with the industry-standard
qualification, as well as specialised education
• BA (Hons) Animation & Illustration.
• BA (Hons) Photography & Video.
Work as an illustrator, animator or combination
of both in a studio environment or freelance in
areas such as TV, film, multimedia, all forms of print
and games.
<
>
quit
Art and Design
37
Photography & Video
UCAS Code
W600 BA/PAV (Route A full-time).
E600 BA/PAVb (Route B full-time).
Duration
3 years full-time.
Available as
Start Dates
Typical Offer
work/interview.
Additional Costs
study visits.
ABOUT THE COURSE
The Photography & Video degree at Bolton has
a growing reputation for developing creative
graduates able to address the demands of the
profession, articulate their own ideas through
their command of visual language, demonstrate
an understanding of contemporary professional
practice, and make informed decisions about the
nature, purpose and direction of their work.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
The course offers you the opportunity to
develop and apply a wide range of skills in still
photography and in video, using state-of-theart facilities, taught and supported by practicing
photographers and film-makers.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Core modules at Levels 1 and 2 introduce
and develop a range of transferable skills and
professional skills, placing appropriate emphasis
on associated legal, environmental, critical and
contextual issues. Specialist modules at Level
2 and Level 3 introduce and develop the
skills and understanding required to develop
careers in documentary photography and video,
editorial photography, photography and video
for advertising, portraiture, architectural and
landscape photography, drama video, sound
recording and a range of other specialisms.
• Opportunity to either concentrate on still or
moving image, or combine the two.
• Offers you a sound professional grounding as
well as an opportunity to develop your
individual creativity.
• BA (Hons) Media, Writing & Production.
Our graduates find jobs within a wide range
of visual media – photographers, film-makers,
television, sound recording and so on. Former
students have gone on to find careers, both
employed and self-employed, in film and television
productions, and in editorial photography,
documentary photography and video, social
photography, gallery management, and in
commercial studios.
contents
<
>
SPECIAL FEATURES
The course emphasises the importance of
developing the individual as well as developing the
skills required for a career in visual media. You are
encouraged to travel, with a number of study trips
abroad being arranged each year and one module
regularly being taught overseas. In the past,
students have undertaken study trips to the USA,
Holland, Brazil and elsewhere, and documentary
practice modules have been delivered on location
in Egypt and China.
• High-quality facilities in both video and
photography.
• Digital technology already firmly embedded.
• Staff and visiting lecturers are all active
practitioners.
• Opportunity to tailor studies towards individual
specialisms.
quit
38
Art and Design
Textile Design*
UCAS Code
W231 BA/TSD (Route A full-time).
E231 BA/TSDb (Route B full-time).
Duration
3 years full-time.
Available as
Single/Major/Minor/Joint Honours.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
work/interview.
Additional Costs
study visits.
ABOUT THE COURSE
The Textile Design degree is a diverse and
challenging programme offering you the
opportunity to explore fashion, interiors, art and
craft textiles. This is underpinned by drawing,
practical textile workshops, historical and
contemporary contextual theory and professional
practice.
involves the development of an awareness
of textiles in a global environment and this is
supported by overseas visits.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Level 1 of the programme will introduce students
to the development of practical textile skills
and fundamental design elements. Critical and
contextual studies are taught via a lecture and
seminar programme which underpins practical
work undertaken. Students have the opportunity
to develop areas of drawing and colour
development for textile design.
At level 2 students are able to work towards
specific areas in textiles which include textile
design for fashion, interiors, art textiles and textile
crafts. Students are also able to engage in areas
relating to business and enterprise; and through
this gain an understanding of professional practice
issues such as working to commission, design
copyright, selling and market awareness.
At level 3 of the programme students are able to
concentrate on the development of a professional
portfolio of practical design work for exhibition
via the Personal Project module; including
external exhibitions such as The New Designers,
London.
• Opportunities for work placements.
• Professional experience of exhibiting and selling
opportunities.
• Students work in light and airy design studios
equipped with dedicated work spaces.
• Facilities for embroidery, constructed textiles,
needlebonding, printed and dyed textiles,
computer aided design.
• The modular system allows students to select
occasional modules from other pathways in
areas such as printmaking, photography,
graphics and ceramics.
• Digital Textile Print Facilities available within the
new Design Studio.
• Broad lecture-based programme, including
historical and contextual studies.
• Visiting speakers and overseas study visits.
JOB PROSPECTS
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
The programme covers design for craft and
commercial contexts, including design for fashion
and furnishing fabrics, stationery and packaging
design, public art/gallery textiles and textile
crafts. You will acquire technical and practical
skills in areas such as printed, embroidered
and constructed textiles, supported by visual
awareness, drawing and design research, computer
aided design and digitally printed textiles,
professional practice, business enterprise, and
critical and contextual issues. The programme
SPECIAL FEATURES
Students have the opportunity to visit galleries
and museums, national and international textile
trade fairs (New York, Paris, Italy- Florence/
Como), workshops, design studios and
manufacturers which broaden their understanding
of commercial practice. Links with industry,
including enterprise activities, professional
exhibitions, live projects, national design
competitions and optional work placements
enhance the student learning experience.
Textile Design graduates are currently using their
experience to pursue careers as studio designers,
in fashion retail, as self-employed designer-makers
and teaching in educational establishments or art
gallery environments.
• BA (Hons) Fine Arts.
contents
<
>
quit
Art and Design
39
contents
<
>
quit
40
Built Environment
Architectural Technology BSc (Hons)
41
Architectural Technology Foundation Degree (FdSc)
Building Studies HND
Building Studies HNC
Building Surveying & Property Management BSc (Hons)
Building Surveying & Property Management Foundation Degree (FdSc)
42
43
44
45
46
Civil Engineering BSc (Hons)
Civil Engineering Foundation Degree (FdSc)*
Civil Engineering HNC
Construction BSc (Hons)
Construction Management BSc (Hons)
Construction Management Foundation Degree (FdSc)
Facilities Management Foundation Degree (FdSc)*
Facilities Management HNC*
Planning Foundation Degree (FdSc)*
Planning HNC*
Property Development & Interior Design BSc (Hons)*
Property Management & Valuation Foundation Degree (FdSc)*
Property Management & Valuation HNC*
Quantity Surveying & Commercial Management BSc (Hons)
Quantity Surveying & Commercial Management Foundation Degree (FdSc)
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
contents
<
>
quit
Built Environment
41
Architectural Technology
BSc (Hons) Full-time/Part-time and Sandwich
UCAS Code
K131 BSc/AT (3 years full-time).
K132 BSc/AT4 (4 years sandwich).
Duration
3 years full-time.
4 years sandwich (full-time).
Available as
Single Honours.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
For entry to the second year
full-time or third year part-time
courses, students should have
successfully completed a
HND/HNC in Building or
Construction.
Foundation Degree graduates will
normally be granted advanced
entry to Level 3 following
completion of balancing studies.
ABOUT THE COURSE
You will have access to the Design Studio, which
contains the latest CAD software and hardware
and our other specialist facilities. Our dedicated
staff team, who have all worked in a professional
capacity within the construction industry, provides
a high level of support. You will always be able to
find someone to help and advise you. You may
also undertake a one-year work placement and
achieve a degree in the sandwich mode of study.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
Architectural Technology is a relatively new and
growing discipline within the construction industry
which incorporates aspects of both design and
technology. You will learn about the unique role of
the architectural technologist within the design
and construction team and develop the
knowledge, understanding and skills to enable you
to pursue a career in architectural technology. A
variety of learning methods are used, including
studio, field, laboratory and project work, lectures,
seminars and tutorials. Assessment methods
include coursework, presentations, project
portfolios and examinations.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Level 1
Analytical Methods, Business Environment,
Communications and IT, Construction Technology
CAD, Design and Technology, Environmental
Studies, Measurement and Cost Studies, Surveying.
Level 2
Architectural Technology Design Studio, Building
and Environmental Technology, CAD, Contract
Procedures and Procurement, Development
Studies, Research Methods, Risk Management,
Statutory Control of Development.
Level 3
Architectural Technology Design Studio,
Business Management and Professional
Studies, Construction Technology, Dissertation,
Interdisciplinary Project, Statutory Control of
Development, Options; Built Asset Management,
Environmental Management, Project Management.
This course is designed to enable you to achieve
the intellectual, technical and practical skills
necessary to pursue a career as an architectural
technologist. You will develop the ability to analyse,
evaluate and resolve design and technological
problems. You will also develop high-level CAD
skills, including virtual reality. Everything you learn
and do on the course is relevant to your future
career.
SPECIAL FEATURES
The course includes interdisciplinary group project
work which simulates what actually happens
during a construction project from inception to
completion. You will find yourself undertaking
the role of the architectural technologist within
a team of other construction specialists and your
project will be assessed by a panel which includes
representatives from industry and the professions.
• Excellent student support.
• Design Studio.
• Excellent CAD facilities.
• Work placements.
JOB PROSPECTS
You can seek employment as an architectural
technologist, within the UK or abroad. Recent
graduates have been employed by architectural
and multidisciplinary professional practices, design
and build contractors, developers, local authorities
and housing associations.
The course is accredited by the Chartered
Institute of Architectural Technologists (CIAT) and
the Chartered Institute of Building (CIOB).You will
be encouraged to become a student member of
the CIAT and the CIOB and take part in local and
regional activities, thus enabling you to network
with potential employers.
• FdSc Architectural Technology.
• BSc (Hons) and FdSc degrees in Building
Surveying & Property Management,
Construction Management, Quantity Surveying
& Commercial Management and Property
Development & Interior Design*.
contents
<
>
quit
42
Built Environment
Architectural Technology Foundation Degree
FdSc Full-time/Part-time and Sandwich
UCAS Code
K130 FdSc/ArT (2 years full-time).
K133 FdSc/AT3 (3 years sandwich).
Duration
2 years full-time.
3 years part-time.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
SPECIAL FEATURES
This course includes interdisciplinary project work.
You will undertake the role of the architectural
technologist and find yourself working within a
team of other construction specialists.
• Progression to Honours degree.
• Interdisciplinary project work.
• Design Studio and excellent CAD facilities.
Available as
Single Subject.
Start Dates
the technical, practical and personal skills necessary
to pursue a career as an architectural technologist.
You will learn about the design and technology
of buildings and their components and how to
produce drawings using manual and computer
aided techniques.
Typical Offer
For entry to the third year of the
part-time course, students should
have successfully completed a HNC
in Building or Construction.
We use a variety of learning methods, including
include coursework, work based project portfolios,
presentations and time controlled assessments.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
ABOUT THE COURSE
The Foundation degree is designed to enable you
to acquire the relevant vocational and transferable
skills necessary to pursue a career in architectural
technology. The strong vocational emphasis of the
course is underpinned by a relevant amount of
theoretical study. The course may be undertaken
by full-time, sandwich or part-time study, or by
work-based learning, which enables you to achieve
credit for learning in the workplace. Foundation
degrees have been developed with industry
and with reference to construction industry and
professional institution occupational standards.
National Vocational Qualifications (NVQs) may be
undertaken simultaneously.
Our dedicated staff team, who have all worked
in a professional capacity in the construction
industry, provides a high level of support. You
may undertake a one-year work placement and
achieve a Foundation degree in the sandwich
mode of study.
The topic areas you will study include:
Level 1
Communications and Study Skills, Construction
and Materials Technology, Design and Technology,
Environmental Studies, Information Technology,
Surveying, Work-Based Project.
Level 2
Architectural Technology Studio, Building and
Environmental Technology, CAD, Contract
Procedures and Procurement, Interdisciplinary
Group Project, Management Studies, Work-Based
Project.
The Foundation degree is “skills rich”. It includes
those vocational skills necessary to pursue a career
in architectural technology, such as CAD, design,
surveying buildings and land, and preparation of
contract documentation, together with a range of
transferable key skills, including communications,
analytical, interpersonal, self-management and
lifelong learning. The course will also develop your
ability to analyse, evaluate and resolve problems.
JOB PROSPECTS
This course is designed to enable you to seek
employment as an architectural technologist.
The choice of employer is extremely varied and
includes architectural practices, design and build
construction companies, local authorities, housing
associations and other public bodies. Following
successful completion of the course and a short
period of bridging studies, you will be able to
progress to the final level of the BSc (Hons)
Architectural Technology degree.
You will be able to pursue technician membership
of the Chartered Institute of Architectural
Technologists.
• BSc (Hons) Architectural Technology.
• BSc (Hons) and FdSc degrees in Building
Surveying & Property Management,
Construction, Property Development &
Interior Design*, Construction Management
and Quantity Surveying & Commercial
Management.
contents
<
>
quit
Built Environment
43
Building Studies
HND Full-time/Part-time and Sandwich
UCAS Code
002K HND/BS (2 years full-time).
OO2K HND/BS3 (3 years
sandwich).
Duration
2 years full-time.
3 years part-time.
Available as
Single Subject.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
ABOUT THE COURSE
The Higher National Diploma (HND) is a broad
based course designed to enable you to acquire
the relevant vocational knowledge and skills to
pursue a career in the construction industry. The
HND can provide a bridge from a craft career
to either a technical or professional career in
the construction industry. The strong vocational
emphasis of the course is underpinned by a
relevant amount of theoretical study. The course
may be undertaken by full-time or part-time study.
Our dedicated staff team, who have all worked in
a professional capacity in the construction industry,
provides a high level of support. You will always be
able to find someone to help and advise you.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
to pursue a career within the construction industry.
You will learn about construction design and
technology, health and safety, the management
of construction projects, CAD, environmental
studies and regulations and law relating to land and
property. We use a variety of learning methods,
including studio, field, laboratory and project
work, lectures, seminars and tutorials. Assessment
methods include coursework, project work and
time controlled assessments.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Level 1
Construction and Materials Technology,
Design and Technology, Environmental Studies,
Information Technology, Measurement and Cost
Studies, Surveying.
Level 2
Building and Environmental Technology, CAD,
Contract Procedures and Procurement,
Interdisciplinary Group Project, Management
Studies, Construction Economics.
The HND is a vocational qualification which
includes those skills necessary to pursue a career
in any discipline in the construction industry.
You will acquire a range of transferable key skills,
including communications, analytical, interpersonal,
self-management and lifelong learning.
SPECIAL FEATURES
The course includes interdisciplinary group
project work, which simulates what actually
happens during a construction project, from
inception to completion. You will undertake the
role of a member of the construction team and
find yourself working within a team of other
construction specialists.
• Progression to BSc (Hons) degree.
• Design Studio.
JOB PROSPECTS
This course is designed to enable you to
seek employment as an assistant architectural
technologist, building surveyor, building control
officer, site manager, quantity surveyor, estimator,
property manager or one of the many other
disciplines within the industry. The choice of
employer is extremely varied and includes
construction companies of all sizes, architectural
and surveying practices, project management
consultants, local authorities, housing associations
and other public bodies.
Following successful completion of the course,
you can progress to one of our BSc (Hons)
degrees.
You will be able to pursue associate membership
of the Association of Building Engineers or
the Chartered Institute of Building; technical
membership of the Royal Institution of Chartered
Surveyors.
• HNCs in Facilities Management*, Planning*
and Property Management & Valuation*.
• BSc (Hons) and FdSc degrees in Architectural
Technology, Building Surveying & Property
Management, Construction, Construction
Management, Property Development &
Interior Design* and Quantity Surveying &
Commercial Management.
contents
<
>
quit
44
Built Environment
Building Studies
HNC Full-time/Part-time (day and evening or evening only)
UCAS Code
102K HNC/BS (1 year full-time).
Duration
1 year full-time.
2 years part-time.
Available as
Single Subject.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
construction industry. You will learn about
construction design and technology, health and
safety, the management of construction projects,
CAD and the regulations and law relating to
land and property. We use a variety of learning
methods, including studio, field, laboratory and
project work, lectures, seminars and tutorials. Our
assessment methods include coursework, project
work and time controlled assessments.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
The topic areas include:
Level 1
Analytical Methods, Construction and Materials
Technology, Design and Technology, Environmental
Studies, Information Technology, Measurement and
Cost Studies and Surveying.
Level 2
Building and Environmental Technology, Contract
Group Project, Management Studies, Options;
CAD and Construction Economics.
ABOUT THE COURSE
The Higher National Certificate (HNC) is a
broad-based course, designed to give you the
relevant vocational knowledge and skills for
a career in any discipline in the construction
industry. It can provide a bridge from a craft
career to either a technical or professional career.
The strong vocational emphasis is underpinned
by a relevant amount of theoretical study. Our
dedicated staff team, who have all worked in a
professional capacity in the construction industry,
provides a high level of support.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
This course gives you the technical, practical
and personal skills needed for a career in the
The HNC is a vocational qualification which
includes those skills needed for a career in any
discipline in the construction industry. You will also
acquire a range of transferable key skills, including
communications, analytical, interpersonal, selfmanagement and lifelong learning.
SPECIAL FEATURES
happens during a construction project from
inception to completion. You act as a member of
the construction team, working in a team of other
• Excellent student care.
• Progression to BSc (Hons) or Foundation
degrees.
JOB PROSPECTS
This course enables you to seek employment as
an assistant architectural technologist, building
surveyor, building control officer, site manager,
quantity surveyor, estimator, property manager
or one of many other disciplines within the
industry. The choice of employer is extremely
varied, including construction companies of
all sizes, architectural and surveying practices,
project management consultants, local authorities,
housing associations and other public bodies. On
successful completion, you can progress to one of
our BSc (Hons) or Foundation degrees.
of the Association of Building Engineers or
the Chartered Institute of Building; technical
membership of the Chartered Institute of
Architectural Technologists or the Royal Institution
of Chartered Surveyors.
• HNCs in Facilities Management*, Planning* and
Property Management & Valuation*.
Management, Property Development & Interior
Design* and Quantity Surveying & Commercial
Management.
contents
<
>
quit
Built Environment
45
Building Surveying & Property Management
UCAS Code
KNG2 BSc/BSPM (3 years fulltime).
KN2G BSc/BSPM4 (4 years
sandwich).
Duration
3 years full-time.
Available as
Single Honours.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
220 UCAS points or equivalent
or successful completion of the
Engineering Foundation Year (see
page 112). For entry to the second
year full-time or third year parttime courses, students should have
Construction. Foundation Degree
graduates will normally be granted
advanced entry to level 3 following
ABOUT THE COURSE
The department offers an extensive range of
surveying equipment and laboratories, as well as
the Design Studio, which contains the latest CAD
software and hardware. Our dedicated staff team,
who have all worked in a professional capacity in
the construction industry, provides a high level of
support. You may also undertake a one-year work
placement and achieve a degree in the sandwich
mode of study.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
Building Surveying is a broad-based profession
which covers a variety of specific disciplines.
The course includes studies in all disciplines.
You will learn how to undertake surveys, value
property, analyse building defects and make
recommendations for their repair and prepare
plans and specifications for building works.
You will also learn about the building regulations,
the law relating to land and property and the
importance of maintaining and managing built
assets to ensure they are used efficiently.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Level 1
Communications and IT, Construction Technology,
CAD, Design and Technology, Environmental
Studies, Measurement and Cost Studies, Surveying.
Level 2
Building Surveying Studies, Building and
Procedures and Procurement, Development
Studies, Research Methods, Risk Management,
Level 3
Building Surveying Studies, Built Asset
Management, Business Management and
Professional Studies, Construction Technology,
Dissertation, Interdisciplinary Project, Options;
Statutory Control of Development, Housing
Studies, Project Management.
This course is designed to prepare you for a
variety of building surveying-related careers,
for example, in building control or property,
facilities and maintenance management. You will
achieve the intellectual, technical and practical skills
necessary to pursue a career in any branch of the
building surveying profession.
SPECIAL FEATURES
work, which simulates what actually happens
during a construction project, from inception to
completion. You will find yourself undertaking the
role of the building surveyor within a team of other
construction specialists, and your project will be
assessed by a panel which includes representatives
from industry and the professions.
• Wide range of laboratories and equipment.
JOB PROSPECTS
Recent graduates have been employed by
building surveying practices, facilities management
organisations, local authority building control and
housing departments and housing associations.
The course is accredited by the Chartered Institute
of Building (CIOB) and the Association of Building
Engineers (ABE).You will be encouraged to become
a student member of the CIOB and the ABE
and take part in local and regional activities, thus
enabling you to network with potential employers.
• FdSc Building Surveying & Property Management.
Technology, Construction Management, Property
Development & Interior Design* and Quantity
Surveying & Commercial Management.
contents
<
>
quit
46
Built Environment
Building Surveying & Property Management Foundation Degree
UCAS Code
KN22 FdSc/BSP (2 years full-time).
KNF2 FdSc/BSPM3 (3 years
sandwich).
Duration
2 years full-time.
3 years part-time.
Available as
Single Subject.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
ABOUT THE COURSE
skills necessary to pursue a career in building
surveying or property management. The strong
vocational emphasis of the course is underpinned
by a relevant amount of theoretical study.
Foundation degrees have been developed with
industry and with reference to construction
industry and professional institution occupational
standards. National Vocational Qualifications
(NVQs) may be undertaken simultaneously.
Our dedicated staff team, who have all worked in a
provides a high level of support. You may
undertake a one-year work placement and achieve
a Foundation degree in the sandwich mode of
study.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
to pursue a career as an assistant building surveyor
or property manager. You will learn about the
design and technology of buildings and their
components, building defects and how to put
them right, the law relating to land and property,
and how to produce drawings using manual and
computer aided techniques.
include coursework, work based project
portfolios, presentations and time controlled
assessments.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
The topics areas you will study include:
Level 1
Level 2
Building Surveying Studies, Building and
Group Project, Management Studies, Work-Based
Project.
those vocational skills necessary to pursue a
career in building surveying and property
management, such as surveying buildings, analysing
building defects and proposing solutions for repair
and maintenance, CAD, the preparation of
contract documentation, together with a range of
lifelong learning.
SPECIAL FEATURES
The course includes an interdisciplinary project
You will undertake the role of the building surveyor
or property manager and find yourself working
within a team of other construction specialists.
• Design Studio and excellent CAD facilities.
JOB PROSPECTS
employment as an assistant building surveyor, building
control officer, property or facilities manager. The
choice of employer is extremely varied and includes
building surveying practices, property management
companies, local authorities, housing associations and
other public bodies. Following successful completion
of the course and a short period of bridging studies,
you will be able to progress to the final level of the
BSc (Hons) Building Surveying and Property
Management degree.
You will be able to pursue associate membership of
the Chartered Institute of Building or the Association
of Building Engineers or technical membership of the
Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors.
• BSc (Hons) Building Surveying & Property
Management.
Technology, Construction, Construction
contents
<
>
quit
Built Environment
47
Civil Engineering
UCAS Code
H201 BSc/CIE (3 years full-time).
H204 BSc/CiE4 (4 years sandwich).
Duration
3 years full-time.
Available as
Single Honours.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
page 112).
Mathematics or a numerate science
subject must be included at A2, AS
or an equivalent level. For entry to
the second year full-time or parttime courses, students should have
HND/HNC in Civil Engineering.
Foundation degree graduates will
entry to Level 3 following
Kevin Machado
BSc (Hons) Civil Engineering
“The lecturers are great and
very helpful, and the content of
the course is relevant to what I
will face in the industry.”
ABOUT THE COURSE
We offer well-equipped materials, hydraulics,
geotechnical and structures laboratories, an
extensive range of the latest surveying equipment
and the Design Studio, which contains the latest
CAD software and hardware. Our dedicated
staff team, who have all worked in a professional
capacity in the construction industry, provides a high
level of support. You may also undertake a oneyear work placement and achieve a degree in the
sandwich mode of study.
development opportunities. It is designed to
develop your ability to apply the principles of
analysis and evaluation to solve civil engineering and
construction-related problems.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
The course introduces you to the use of CAD, land
surveying and other specialist equipment.
You will learn about construction techniques, the
properties of construction materials, structural,
geotechnical, hydraulic and highway and transport
engineering.
We use a variety of learning methods, including field,
laboratory and project work, lectures, seminars and
tutorials. Assessment methods include coursework,
project work, presentations and examinations.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Level 1
Communications and IT, Construction and
Materials Technology, Design of Structural Elements,
Hydraulics, Mathematics, Soil Mechanics, Surveying,
Structural Analysis.
Level 2
Civil Engineering Construction Technology,
Construction Management, Geotechnics, Hydraulics,
Construction Materials, Mathematics, Research
Methods, Risk Management, Structures, Surveying.
Level 3
Construction Management, Design Project,
Environmental Management, Geotechnics,
Hydraulics, Interdisciplinary Project, Structures,
Options; Environmental Management, Project
Management, Structural Planning.
The course strikes a balance between technological,
vocational and personal skills to provide you
with good employment prospects and personal
SPECIAL FEATURES
work which simulates what actually happens
during a construction project from inception to
completion. You will find yourself undertaking the
role of a civil engineer working within a team of
other construction specialists.
• Design Studio.
contents
<
>
JOB PROSPECTS
the intellectual and personal skills necessary to
pursue a career as a civil, structural, geotechnical,
hydraulic or highway and transportation engineer
in this country or overseas. Recent graduates have
been employed by civil and structural engineering
practices, local authorities and civil engineering
contractors.
The course is accredited by the Joint Board
of Moderators of the Institutions of Civil and
Structural Engineers for Incorporated Engineer
status.
• FdSc Civil Engineering*.
• HNC Civil Engineering.
quit
48
Built Environment
Civil Engineering Foundation Degree*
UCAS Code
H205 FdSc/CivE (2 years full-time).
H200 FdSc/CE3 (3 years sandwich).
Duration
2 years full-time.
3 years part-time.
Available as
Single Subject.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
Mathematics or a numerate science
subject must have been studied to
A2, AS or an equivalent level.
in Civil Engineering.
ABOUT THE COURSE
skills necessary to pursue a career in civil
engineering. The strong vocational emphasis of the
course is underpinned by a relevant amount of
theoretical study. Foundation degrees have been
developed with industry and with reference to
construction industry and professional institution
occupational standards. National Vocational
Qualifications (NVQs) may
be undertaken simultaneously.
in a professional capacity in the construction
industry, provides a high level of support. You
may undertake a one-year work placement and
achieve a foundation degree in the sandwich
mode of study.
You will have access to our well-equipped
materials, hydraulics, geotechnical, and structures
laboratories, an extensive range of the latest
surveying equipment and the Design Studio,
which contains the latest CAD software and
hardware.
SPECIAL FEATURES
studio, field, laboratory and project work,
lectures, seminars and tutorials. Assessment
methods include coursework, work based project
assessments.
inception to completion. You will find yourself
undertaking the role of a civil engineer working
within a team of other construction specialists.
• Design Studio.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
JOB PROSPECTS
Level 1
Materials Technology, Design of Structural
Elements, Hydraulics, Mathematics, Soil Mechanics,
Surveying, Structural Analysis, Work Based Project.
employment as an assistant or technician civil,
structural, geotechnical, hydraulic or highway and
transportation engineer. You may be employed by
consulting engineers, construction companies, local
authorities, utility and infrastructure companies,
and other public bodies. Following successful
completion of the course and a short period of
bridging studies, you will be able to progress to
the final level of the BSc (Hons) Civil Engineering
degree.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
Level 2
Civil Engineering Construction Technology,
Construction Management, Construction
Materials, Geotechnics, Hydraulics, Interdisciplinary
Group Project, Mathematics, Structures, Surveying,
Transport Studies, Work Based Project.
career in any of the civil engineering disciplines.
The course introduces you to the use of CAD,
land surveying and other specialist equipment.
You will become IT literate and use a variety of
industry standard software.
The course enables you to pursue technician
membership of the Institutions of Civil or
Structural Engineers.
• BSc (Hons) and HNC Civil Engineering.
contents
<
>
quit
Built Environment
49
Civil Engineering
HNC Part-time
Duration
2 years part-time.
Start Dates
September.
Available as
Single Subject.
Typical Offer
40 UCAS points or equivalent,
including one A2 pass, preferably in
mathematics or physics.
ABOUT THE COURSE
The Higher National Certificate (HNC) is
designed to enable you to acquire the relevant
vocational knowledge and skills to pursue a career
in civil engineering. The strong vocational emphasis
of the course is underpinned by a relevant
amount of theoretical study. Our dedicated staff
team, who have all worked in a professional
capacity in the construction industry, provides a
high level of support. You will always be able to
find someone to help and advise you.
Level 1
Analytical Methods, Construction and Materials
Technology, Hydraulics (civil stream), Soil
Mechanics, Surveying, Design of Structural
Elements, Structural Analysis (structural stream).
Level 2
Civil Engineering Technology, Contract
Administration, Hydraulics, Interdisciplinary Group
Project, Public Health Engineering (civil stream
option), Further Design of Structural Elements
(structural stream),Traffic Engineering (civil stream
option).
SPECIAL FEATURES
happens during a project, from inception to
completion.
• Progression to BSc (Hons) or Foundation
degrees.
The topic areas you will study depend on
whether you are on the civil or structural stream
of the course:
The course enables you to pursue technician
membership of the Institutions of Civil or
Structural Engineers.
• BSc (Hons) Civil Engineering.
• FdSc Civil Engineering*.
contents
includes those skills necessary to pursue a career
in any civil engineering discipline. You will also
the technical, practical and personal skills required
for a career in civil engineering. You will learn
about construction methods and materials, and
structural, geotechnical, hydraulic and traffic
engineering.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
field, laboratory and project work, lectures,
include coursework, project work and time
controlled assessments.
Engineering degree or the final year of the
Foundation degree.
JOB PROSPECTS
career in structural, public health, highways and
transport, hydraulic, geotechnical and site
engineering. You may be employed by contractors,
consultants, utility companies, local authorities and
other public bodies. Following successful
completion of the course, you can progress to the
second level of our BSc (Hons) Civil
<
>
quit
50
Built Environment
Construction
UCAS Code
K223 BSc/Cons (3 years full-time).
K222 BSc/Cons4 (4 years
sandwich).
Duration
3 years full-time.
Available as
Single Honours.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
For entry to the second year
full-time or third year part-time
courses, students should have
Construction. Foundation degree
advanced entry to Level 3, following
ABOUT THE COURSE
surveying equipment and laboratories, as well as
the Design Studio, which contains the latest CAD
software and hardware. Our dedicated staff team,
who have all worked in a professional capacity in
the construction industry, provides a high level of
support. You will always be able to find someone
to help and advise you. You may also undertake a
one-year work placement and achieve a degree in
the sandwich mode of study.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
This broad-based course is designed to enable
you to achieve the intellectual and personal skills
necessary to pursue a career in a variety of
construction disciplines. You are able to construct
a course to suit your own career development or
interests by selecting modules from any of our
other Built Environment degree courses. We use
a variety of learning methods, including studio,
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
You study the main technology modules on each
level of the course, but thereafter you can select
modules from an extensive list, the only restriction
on choice being the need to have studied the
necessary pre-requisite modules. You could, for
example, include some civil engineering modules
with construction management or quantity
surveying modules.
contents
<
The course provides the opportunity for you to
become multi-skilled. You will develop an ability to
apply the principles of analysis and evaluation to
solve complex, construction-related problems. You
will develop a variety of transferable skills and a
commitment towards lifelong learning.
SPECIAL FEATURES
working within a team of other construction
specialists and your project will be assessed by a
panel which includes representatives from
industry and the professions.
• Excellent student support and CAD facilities.
JOB PROSPECTS
the intellectual and personal skills necessary to
pursue a career in the construction industry in
>
this country and overseas. You may find
employment with organisations who work in
various sectors of the construction industry and
you will be able to work in multidisciplinary
environments on projects, from inception to
completion. The course is particularly suitable for
those who want to be multi-skilled or selfemployed.
Management, Construction Management,
Property Development & Interior Design* and
Quantity Surveying & Commercial
Management.
quit
Built Environment
51
Construction Management
UCAS Code
K220 BSc/Com (3 years full-time).
K224 BSc/CMgt4 (4 years
sandwich).
Duration
3 years full-time.
Available as
Single Honours.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
page 112). For entry to the
second year full-time or third year
part-time courses, students should
have successfully completed a
advanced entry to Level 3,
following completion of balancing
studies.
ABOUT THE COURSE
The department offers an extensive range of the
latest surveying equipment and laboratories. Our
provides a high level of support. You may also
undertake a one-year work placement and
achieve a degree in the sandwich mode of study.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
the intellectual, personal and practical skills
necessary to pursue a career in construction
management. You will learn about the technology
and economics of construction, the various
production processes and management
techniques used within the construction industry
and the legal obligations of employers to both
their employees and the public.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Level 1
Measurement and Cost Studies, Surveying.
Level 2
Building and Environmental Technology,
Construction Management, Contract Procedures
and Procurement, Development Studies, Research
Methods, Risk Management, Statutory Control of
Development.
Level 3
Business Management and Professional Studies,
Construction Management, Construction
Technology, Commercial Management,
Dissertation, Interdisciplinary Project, Options;
Built Asset Management, Project Management,
The course is designed to develop your ability to
apply the principles of analysis and evaluation to
solve complex industrial and commercially-based
construction management problems. You will be
encouraged to be flexible and cognitive in your
approach to the issues presented. The course
introduces you to the use of land surveying and
other specialist equipment. You will become IT
literate and use a variety of industry-standard
software.
SPECIAL FATURES
work which simulates what actually happens during
a construction project from inception to completion.
You will undertake the role of the construction
manager and find yourself working within a team of
other construction specialists. Your project will be
• Extensive range of surveying equipment and
laboratories.
JOB PROSPECTS
employment as a construction manager in this
country or overseas. A range of employment
opportunities within construction companies,
project management consultancies and local
authorities are available to you including project,
supply chain, site, maintenance and health and
safety management.
of Building (CIOB).You will be encouraged to
become a student member of the CIOB and take
part in local and regional activities, thus enabling
you to network with potential employers.
Management.
contents
<
>
quit
52
Built Environment
Construction Management Foundation Degree
UCAS Code
K221 FdSc/COM (2 years fulltime).
K225 FdSc/CM3 (3 years
sandwich).
Duration
2 years full-time.
3 years part-time.
Available as
Single Subject.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
ABOUT THE COURSE
skills necessary to pursue a career in construction
management. The strong vocational emphasis of
the course is underpinned by a relevant amount
of theoretical study. Foundation degrees have
been developed with industry and with reference
to construction industry and professional
institution occupational standards. National
Vocational Qualifications (NVQs) may be
undertaken simultaneously.
Our dedicated staff team, who have all worked in
a professional capacity within the construction
industry, provides a high level of support. You may
undertake a one-year work placement and
mode of study.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
SPECIAL FEATURES
You will learn about the technology of
construction processes and techniques, the
management of construction projects and
companies, health and safety and the law relating
to construction projects.
inception to completion. You will undertake the
role of the construction/site manager and find
yourself working within a team of other
• Extensive surveying equipment.
A variety of learning methods are used including
include coursework, work-based project
assessments.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Level 1
and Materials Technology, Environmental Studies,
Information Technology, Measurement and Cost
Studies, Surveying, Work-Based Project.
Level 2
Construction Management Studies, Construction
Economics, Contract Procedures and
Procurement, Interdisciplinary Group Project,
Management Studies, Work-Based Project.
career in construction or site management e.g.
site surveying, measuring, programming and
planning work, estimating construction costs,
procurement and preparing contract
documentation, together with a range of
transferable key skills including communications,
lifelong learning.
JOB PROSPECTS
employment as an assistant site or construction
manager, site surveyor/engineer, buyer or
estimator. The choice of employer is extremely
varied and includes construction companies of all
sizes, project management consultants, local
authorities, housing associations and other public
bodies. Following successful completion of the
course and a short period of bridging studies, you
will be able to progress to the final level of the
BSc (Hons) Construction Management.
of the Chartered Institute of Building.
• BSc (Hons) Construction Management.
Management, Construction, Property
Development & Interior Design* and Quantity
Surveying & Commercial Management.
contents
<
>
quit
Built Environment
53
Facilities Management Foundation Degree*
UCAS Code
N232 FdSc/FMgt (2 years full-time).
N235 FdSc/FMgt3 (3 years
sandwich).
Duration
2 years full-time.
3 years part-time.
Available as
Single Subject.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
ABOUT THE COURSE
skills necessary to pursue a career in facilities
management. The strong vocational emphasis of
the course is underpinned by a relevant amount
of theoretical study. Foundation degrees have
been developed with industry and with reference
to construction industry and professional
institution occupational standards. National
Vocational Qualifications (NVQs) may be
undertaken simultaneously. Our dedicated staff
high level of support. You may undertake a oneyear work placement and achieve a Foundation
degree in the sandwich mode of study.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
You will learn about the design and technology of
buildings and their components, and how to
maintain, value and make best use of them. You
will also learn about the law relating to land and
property, and how to produce drawings using
manual and computer aided techniques.
portfolios, presentations and time-controlled
assessments.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Level 1
Level 2
Facilities Management, Building and Environmental
Technology, CAD, Contract Procedures and
Procurement, Interdisciplinary Group Project,
Management Studies, Work-Based Project.
career in facilities management, such as surveying
buildings, space planning, analysing building defects
and proposing solutions for repair, programming
and planning maintenance, CAD and the
preparation of contract documentation, together
with a range of transferable key skills, including
facilities manager and find yourself working within
a team of other construction specialists.
• Design Studio with excellent CAD facilities.
JOB PROSPECTS
employment within the facilities management
department of an organisation or with a facilities
management company. The choice of employer is
extremely varied and includes health authorities,
local authorities, universities and colleges, building
surveying practices, property management
companies and any other organisation with
property interests.
Following successful completion of the course and
a short period of bridging studies, you will be able
to progress to the final level of the BSc (Hons)
degree.
of the British Institute of Facilities Management.
Management, Construction Management and
Property Development & Interior Design*.
SPECIAL FEATURES
project work. You will undertake the role of the
contents
<
>
quit
54
Built Environment
Facilities Management*
HNC Part-time
Duration
2 years part-time.
Start Dates
September.
Available as
Single Subject.
Typical Offer
ABOUT THE COURSE
The HNC provides a route to a technical or
professional career in facilities management. The
strong vocational emphasis of the course is
underpinned by a relevant amount of theoretical
study.
Our dedicated staff team, who have all worked in a
professional capacity in the built environment
disciplines, provides a high level of support. You will
always be able to find someone to help and advise
you.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
This course is designed to enable you to acquire
relevant technical, practical and personal skills
necessary for a career in facilities management. You
will learn about building design and technology, the
planning and management of facilities, space
management, principles of property valuation, the
law and economic theory related to land and
property and health and safety and environmental
issues.
project work, lectures, seminars and tutorials.
Assessment methods include coursework, project
work and time-controlled assessments.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Level 1
Analytical Methods, Construction Design and
Technology, Facilities Planning, Law and Economics,
Valuation Principles.
of the British Institute of Facilities Management.
Level 2
Construction, Data Management, Environmental
Studies, Project, Property Management.
includes those skills necessary to pursue a career in
facilities management. You will acquire a range of
lifelong learning.
• HNCs in Building, Planning* and Property
Management & Valuation*.
Quantity Surveying & Commercial Management.
contents
SPECIAL FEATURES
The course includes work-based and group project
work.
JOB PROSPECTS
This course is designed to enable you to
undertake various roles within facilities
management. You may work as an assistant facilities
manager, space manager, site supervisor or
maintenance supervisor for Local Authorities,
Health Authorities, facilities management
companies or property development and
investment companies. You may also continue your
studies to Foundation or Honours degree level
and beyond.
<
>
quit
Built Environment
55
Planning Foundation Degree*
UCAS Code
K400 FdSc/Plan (2 years full-time).
K401 FdSc/Plan3 (3 years
sandwich).
Duration
2 years full-time.
3 years part-time.
Available as
Single Subject.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
in Planning.
ABOUT THE COURSE
skills necessary to pursue a career in town and
country planning. The strong vocational emphasis
of the course is underpinned by a relevant
amount of theoretical study. Foundation degrees
have been developed with reference to industry
and professional institution occupational standards.
capacity in the industry, provides a high level of
support. You may also undertake short-term work
placements or a one-year work placement and
mode of study.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
This course gives you the relevant technical,
practical and personal skills needed for a career as
an assistant planning officer or planning support
officer. You will learn about planning procedures,
processes and regulations, the law relating to land
and property, building design and technology,
environmental issues and techniques for data
analysis and management. We use a variety of
learning methods, including field trips, project
work, lectures, seminars and tutorials. Our
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Level 1
Analytical Methods, Communication and Study
Skills, IT, Building Design and Technology,
Environmental Studies, Law, Planning Practice,
Work-Based Project.
contents
<
Level 2
Data Management, Environmental Law,
Development Control, Planning Processes, Work
Based Project.
>
career in planning together with a range of
transferable key skills including communications,
lifelong learning.
JOB PROSPECTS
SPECIAL FEATURES
planning officer and find yourself working within a
team of other construction specialists.
employment as an assistant planning officer or in a
planning support role within local and regional
authorities, government bodies or planning
practices.
of the Royal Town Planning Institute.
• HNC Planning*.
Management and Property Development &
Interior Design*.
quit
56
Built Environment
Planning*
HNC Part-time
Duration
2 years part-time.
Start Dates
September.
Available as
Single Honours.
Typical Offer
ABOUT THE COURSE
The Higher National Certificate (HNC) in
Planning Studies is the only course of its kind in
the north of England. It provides a route to a
technical or professional career in planning. Its
strong vocational emphasis is underpinned by a
relevant amount of theoretical study.
professionally in the built environment disciplines,
provides a high level of support. You will always be
able to find someone to help and advise you.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
This course gives you the relevant technical,
practical and personal skills needed for a career as
an assistant planning officer or planning support
officer. You will learn about planning procedures,
processes and regulations, the law relating to land
and property, building design and technology,
environmental issues and techniques for data
analysis and management. We use a variety of
learning methods, including field trips, project
work, lectures, seminars and tutorials. Our
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
The topic areas include:
Level 1
Technology, Environmental Studies, Law, Planning
Practice.
contents
<
Level 2
Data Management, Environmental Law,
Development Control, Planning Processes, Project.
includes those skills needed for a career in
planning. You will also acquire a range of
lifelong learning.
JOB PROSPECTS
employment as an assistant planning officer or
technical support officer in a Local Authority
planning department or in a planning practice.
You will be able to pursue technical membership
of the Royal Town Planning Institute or the Royal
Institution of Chartered Surveyors.
SPECIAL FEATURES
The course includes work-based and group
project work.
• Unique course in the north of England.
• HNCs in Building, Facilities Management* and
Property Management & Valuation*.
Management.
>
quit
Built Environment
57
Property Development & Interior Design*
UCAS Code
KW22 BSc/PDID (3 years fulltime).
KWF2 BSc/PDID4 (4 years
sandwich).
Duration
3 years full-time.
Available as
Single Honours.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
Foundation Degree graduates will
entry to Level 3, following
ABOUT THE COURSE
You will have access to our Design Studio, which
contains the latest CAD software and hardware
and our extensive range of well equipped
laboratories. Our dedicated staff team, who have
all worked in a professional capacity within the
industry, provides a high level of support. You will
you. You may also undertake a one-year work
placement and achieve a degree in the sandwich
mode of study.
A variety of learning methods are used including
design studio, laboratory and project work,
lectures, seminars and tutorials. Assessment
methods include coursework, presentations,
project portfolios and examinations.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Level 1
Materials Technology, CAD, Drawing and Drafting
for Interiors, History of Interior Design, Surveying.
Level 2
Architectural Design Studio, Building and
Environmental Technology, CAD, Colour, Texture
and Finishes, Contract Procedures and
Procurement, Property Development Studies,
Research Methods, Statutory Control of
Development.
Level 3
Construction Technology, CAD and Visualisation,
Interior Design Studio, Interdisciplinary Project,
Design Project, Statutory Control of
Development.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
The course blends aspects of design and
technology within the context of property
development. You will learn about the design and
construction of new and existing buildings, the
statutory regulations and laws which apply to land
and property development, factors affecting the
value of property, the history of interior design
and the use of colour, texture and finishes. You will
also learn how to undertake measured surveys,
draw and use CAD and visualisation software.
In addition to the specific course skills, you will
achieve intellectual, technical, practical and
transferable skills which can be applied to a wide
range of careers. You will also acquire the
knowledge and skills to enable you to consider
starting your own business.
SPECIAL FEATURES
project work which simulates what actually
contents
undertaking the role of the property developer
or interior designer within a team of other
construction specialists and your project will be
• Integrated projects.
JOB PROSPECTS
career in the property development and interior
design sectors of the economy. You may consider
starting your own property development or
interior design company. Alternatively, you may
work for architectural or interior design practices
or property developers.
Technology and Building Surveying & Property
Management.
• FdA Design for Interiors.
<
>
quit
58
Built Environment
Property Management & Valuation Foundation Degree*
UCAS Code
N230 FdSc/PMV (2 years full-time).
N236 FdSc/PMV3 (3 years
sandwich).
Duration
2 years full-time.
3 years part-time.
Available as
Single Subject.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
in Property Management and
Valuation.
ABOUT THE COURSE
skills necessary to pursue a career in property
management, valuation or estate agency. The
study. Foundation degrees have been developed
with reference to property industry and
professional institution occupational standards.
capacity in the industry, provides a high level of
support. You may undertake a one-year work
placement and achieve a Foundation degree in
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
You will learn about the design and technology of
buildings and how to survey, value and manage
property. You will also learn about the law relating
to land and property, economic theory and
investment appraisal.
portfolios, presentations and time-controlled
assessments.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Level 1
Information Technology, Property Valuation, WorkBased Project.
Level 2
Interdisciplinary Group Project, Property
Management, Building Surveying, Valuation
Techniques, Work-Based Project.
career in property management and valuation
such as surveying and valuing property, analysing
building defects and proposing solutions for repair,
managing and selling property, together with a
range of transferable key skills, including
SPECIAL FEATURES
property manager or valuer and find yourself
specialists.
JOB PROSPECTS
employment within the property industry. The
choice of employer is extremely varied and
includes property management companies, estate
agents, local authorities, building surveying
practices, and other organisations with property
interests.
degree.
of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors.
• HNC Property Management & Valuation.
contents
<
>
quit
Built Environment
59
Property Management & Valuation*
HNC Part-time
Duration
2 years part-time.
Start Dates
September.
Available as
Single Subject.
Typical Offer
ABOUT THE COURSE
The Higher National Certificate (HNC) in Property
Management & Valuation is the only course of its
kind in the north of England. The HNC provides
a route to a technical or professional career in
property management and valuation. The strong
vocational emphasis of the course is underpinned
by a relevant amount of theoretical study. Our
professional capacity in the built environment
disciplines, provides a high level of support. You will
you.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
This course is designed to enable you to acquire
the relevant technical, practical and personal
skills necessary for a career as an assistant or
technician property valuer, property manager or
estate agent. You will learn about the principles of
property valuation, valuation techniques, the law
and economic theory related to land and property,
building design and technology, and environmental
issues.
project work, lectures, seminars and tutorials.
Assessment methods include coursework, project
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Level 1
Technology, Law and Economics, Property Surveying,
Valuation Principles.
Level 2
Construction, Project, Property Management,
Valuation Techniques.
contents
The HNC is a vocational qualification which includes
those skills necessary to pursue a career in valuation,
property management or estate agency. You will also
<
>
SPECIAL FEATURES
The course includes work-based and group project
work.
• Unique course in the north of England.
quit
JOB PROSPECTS
This course is designed to enable you to work as an
assistant or technician valuer, property manager or
estate agent working for Local Authorities, chartered
surveyors, estate agents or property development
companies. You may also continue your studies to
Honours degree level.
Quantity Surveying & Commercial Management.
• HNCs in Building, Facilities Management* and
Planning*.
You will be able to pursue technical membership of
the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors.
60
Built Environment
Quantity Surveying & Commercial Management
UCAS Code
KNFF BSc/QSCM (3 years fulltime).
KNFG BSc/QSCM4 (4 years
sandwich).
Duration
3 years full-time.
Available as
Single Honours.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
page 112). For entry to the
second year full-time or third year
part-time courses, students should
have successfully completed a
advanced entry to Level 3,
following completion of balancing
studies.
ABOUT THE COURSE
equipment and laboratories. Our dedicated staff
high level of support. You may also undertake a
one-year work placement and achieve a degree in
construction techniques and processes, the various
methods of procuring and administering
construction projects, and predicting and
controlling project costs. The use of value
engineering and management techniques are also
explored.
We use a variety of learning methods including
field, laboratory and project work, lectures, seminars
and tutorials. Assessment methods include
coursework, presentations, project portfolios and
examinations.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Level 1
Measurement and Cost Studies, Surveying.
Level 2
Construction Economics, Contract Procedures
and Procurement, Development Studies, Quantity
Surveying and Commercial Management, Research
Methods, Risk Management, Statutory Control of
Development.
Level 3
Commercial Management, Construction Technology,
Dissertation, Interdisciplinary Project, Value
Management, Options; Built Asset Management,
Project Management, Environmental Management.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
the intellectual, personal and practical skills
necessary to pursue a career as a quantity
surveyor or commercial manager. You will learn
about the technology and economics of
This course is designed to develop your ability to
apply financial and commercial management skills to
construction projects, from inception to completion.
You will be able to resolve financial and legal
problems, give advice on procurement methods
and apply project management techniques. On
completion, you will be able to provide pre-design
cost advice, offer pre- and post-contract cost
control advice, give procurement and contractual
advice, and be commercially and professionally
aware.
SPECIAL FEATURES
work. You will undertake the role of the quantity
surveyor/commercial manager and find yourself
specialists.
contents
<
JOB PROSPECTS
Recent graduates have been employed by quantity
surveying, project management and multidisciplinary practices, building and civil engineering
contractors and local authorities.
of Building (CIOB). You will be encouraged to
become a student member of the CIOB and take
part in local and regional activities, thus enabling you
to network with potential employers.
• FdSc Quantity Surveying & Commercial
Management.
Management and Property Development &
Interior Design*.
>
quit
Built Environment
61
Quantity Surveying & Commercial Management Foundation Degree
UCAS Code
KN2F FdSc/QSC (2 years full-time).
KNGF FdSc/QSCM3 (3 years
sandwich).
Duration
2 years full-time.
3 years part-time.
Available as
Single Subject.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
ABOUT THE COURSE
skills necessary to pursue a career in quantity
surveying and commercial management. The
study. Foundation degrees have been developed
with industry and with reference to construction
industry and professional institution occupational
standards. National Vocational Qualifications
(NVQs) may be undertaken simultaneously. Our
provides a high level of support. You may also
undertake short-term work placements or a oneyear work placement and achieve a foundation
degree in the sandwich mode of study.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
You will learn about the technology and
economics of construction techniques and
processes, the various methods of procuring and
administering construction projects, and predicting
and controlling project costs.
We use a variety of learning methods including
assessments.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Level 1
Measurement and Cost Studies, Surveying, WorkBased Project.
Level 2
Construction Economics, Contract Procedures
and Procurement, Interdisciplinary Group Project,
Management Studies, Quantity Surveying and
Commercial Management, Work-Based Project.
career in quantity surveying and commercial
management, such as measurement and
quantification of work and resources, estimating
costs, preparation of contract documentation and
financial management, together with a range of
lifelong learning.
SPECIAL FEATURES
quantity surveyor/commercial manager and find
yourself working within a team of other
• Extensive range of surveying equipment and
laboratories.
JOB PROSPECTS
employment as an assistant quantity surveyor,
commercial manager or estimator. Career
prospects are excellent and the choice of
employer is extremely varied, including
construction companies, quantity surveying and
project management consultancies, local
authorities and other public bodies.
degree in Quantity Surveying & Commercial
Management.
of the Chartered Institute of Building (CIOB) or
technical membership of the Royal Institution of
Chartered Surveyors.
• BSc (Hons) Quantity Surveying & Commercial
Management.
contents
<
>
quit
62
Accountancy BA (Hons)
Business Information Systems BSc (Hons)
Business Information Systems HND/HNC
Business Studies BA (Hons)
Business Studies (Top Up) BA (Hons)
Business Studies HND/HNC
E-Business BSc (Hons)
Human Resource Management BA (Hons)
International Management BA (Hons)*
Law LLB (Hons)
Law BA (Hons) Combined Honours Pathway
Logistics & Supply Chain Management BSc (Hons)
Logistics Management Foundation Degree (FdSc)*
Management BA (Hons)*
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
Marketing BA (Hons)
Service Sector Management Foundation Degree (FdA)
Access to HE: Business
Access to HE: Business for International Students
77
78
79
80
contents
<
>
quit
63
Accountancy
UCAS Code
N400 BA/Acc (full-time).
Duration
3 years full-time.
4.5 years part-time.
Available as
Single/Major/Joint/Minor Honours.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
Entry Requirements see page 181.
Naomi Gracey
BA (Hons) Accountancy
“I chose the course because it
offers really good exemptions
from the major professional
accountancy bodies.”
ABOUT THE COURSE
We combine academic rigour with vocational
relevance, ambition with realism, and flair with
practicality. We provide highly valued and specialist
teaching in order to give you a step-up as you
seek personal growth and skills development.
The vocational nature of the course, together
with the accreditation from certain professional
body examinations, contributes significantly to
preparing you for employment.
SPECIAL FEATURES
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
If your aim is to become a professional accountant,
this course will suit you. It aims to give you a
strong academic and vocational background, whilst
developing the knowledge and skills expected of a
practising accountant. Primarily, we use case
studies where academic theory is applied to “reallife” practical scenarios. If you wish to enter a
general management position, the course may also
interest you, as it provides the basic financial
knowledge that underpins much of business
activity.
• Single site for lectures and tutorials.
• Small lecture groups.
JOB PROSPECTS
Most of our accountancy graduates go on to
qualify as professional accountants, either with
CIMA, ACCA or ICAEW. You may choose to
enter the industry and get a job as a trainee
company accountant or internal auditor, or to join
a professional practice and train as an auditor or
tax consultant. Employment opportunities also
arise with the Inland Revenue, banks and other
financial institutions.
contents
<
>
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Level 1
Management Accounting Fundamentals, Financial
Accounting Fundamentals, Quantitative Methods
for Accountants, Principles of Economics,
Introduction to Law for Accountants, Business
Environment and IT/IS.
Level 2
Financial Accounting, Management Accounting
Applications, Auditing, Financial Management,
Personal and Business Tax, Work Experience.
This course is recognised by the main professional
accounting bodies ACCA and CIMA.
You will gain exemptions from Part 1 and Part 2
of these professional bodies qualifications.
• BA (Hons) Business Studies.
Level 3
Financial Reporting and Regulatory Framework,
Management Accounting Control Systems,
Corporate Strategy, Accounting Theory and
Practice, two options from European Business and
Finance, Advanced Taxation, Advanced Auditing
Practice, Contemporary Management Issues,
Company Law.
quit
64
BSc (Hons) Full-time/Part-time
UCAS Code
G500 BSc/BIS (full-time).
Duration
3 years full-time.
Available as
Single/Major/Joint Honours.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
Special consideration is given to
applicants without the above
qualifications but with relevant
work/life experience. This discipline
can be combined with other
subjects - see page 24.
Akmal Afzal
BSc (Hons) Business
Information Systems.
“My degree course is a
progression route from my
previous course which was
AVCE IT.”
ABOUT THE COURSE
Studying Business Information Systems at this
University gives you an excellent start on the
career ladder in the use and development of
Information Systems in a business, commercial or
industrial environment. Many local employers
promote themselves here to help you find a job.
You will be able to get work in a trainee
manager’s role in many large companies, join a
local firm or go on to further study.
You may be able to gain exemptions for
membership of the British Computer Society.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
You will learn how information and knowledge
systems are used in the management of both
public and private sector organisations. You also
learn about current computer applications, how
to undertake the structuring of data and
information, problem identification, design
development, testing and evaluation, software
tools and packages, and various Information
Systems currently used in a business environment.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Level 1
At Level 1 you are expected to acquire a good
understanding of the basic principles underlying
the theories and methods of Business Information
Systems, and be able to communicate clearly
about those basic principles.
Illustrative List of Modules:
Business & Information Systems, Elements of
Marketing, Financial Aspects of Business,
Professional Skills Development 1,Visual
Programming 1, Foreign Language, IT and Data
Analysis, Introduction to HRM.
Level 2
At Level 2 you are expected to develop and
adopt a critical stance towards the theories and
methods of Business Information Systems. We
emphasise analysis and evaluation of theories and
methods.
Work Experience, Research Methods, Systems
Analysis, Building Business Applications, Business
Web Sites, Implementing E-Business Applications,
Financial Reporting and Planning Control.
Level 3
At Level 3 you will be expected to consolidate
your understanding of and further develop your
critical orientation to the theories and methods.
Project (compulsory double module), Professional
Issues, Knowledge Management, ICT for
Competitive Advantage, Project Management and
Control Systems, Contemporary Management
Issues.
contents
<
>
SPECIAL FEATURES
The work experience module helps you gain
experience in the field of Information Systems.
Many guest lectures are arranged to give you a
real-world understanding of current practices.
The programme shares some modules with
Business Studies, E-Business and Logistics & Supply
Chain Management to broaden your knowledge.
• Up-to-date software applications and facilities.
• Excellent departmental research record in the
area of Business Information and Knowledge
Systems and the opportunity to further your
studies at Masters and Doctorate level.
• BSc (Hons) E-Business.
• BSc (Hons) Logistics & Supply Chain
Management.
quit
65
HND Full-time/Part-time HNC Part-time
UCAS Code
005G HND/BIS (full-time).
Duration
2 years full-time (HND).
3 years part-time (HND).
2 years part-time (HNC).
Available as
Single Subject.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
work/life experience.
ABOUT THE COURSE
Studying Business Information Systems at this
University gives you an excellent start on the
career ladder in the use and development of
Information Systems in a business, commercial or
industrial environment.
Marketing, Business Computing, Computing
Environments, Visual Programming 1, Business and
Level 2
At Level 2 you will be expected to develop and
methods of Business Information Systems. We
emphasise analysis and evaluation of theories and
methods.
Business Web Sites, Systems Analysis, Visual
Programming 2, Implementing E-Business
Applications, Building Business Applications, Financial
Reporting, Planning and Control, Work Experience,
Group Project.
Many guest lectures are arranged to give you a
real-world understanding of current practices.
Your degree route progression will depend on your
choice of optional modules.
• Work experience period to gain a real world
understanding in the area of Business
• Up-to-date software applications and facilities.
area of Business Information Systems.
JOB PROSPECTS
Many local employers promote themselves here to
help you find employment. You will be able to find
work as a trainee manager in many large
companies, join a local firm or go on to further
study.
contents
<
SPECIAL FEATURES
The work experience module helps you gain
experience in the field of Information Systems.
>
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
You learn about current computer applications,
how to undertake the structuring of data and
information, problem identification, design
development, testing and evaluation, software tools
and packages and various Information Systems
currently used in a business environment.
quit
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Level 1
At Level 1 you will be expected to acquire a good
understanding of the basic principles underlying the
theories and methods of Business Information
Systems and be able to communicate clearly about
those basic principles.
Financial Aspects of Business, Introduction to HRM,
Professional Skills Development I, Elements of
66
Business Studies
UCAS Code
N100 BA/BST (full-time).
Duration
3 years full-time.
Available as
Start Dates
Typical Offer
Luxon Chihumbiri
MA Human Resource
Management.
“My first degree in Business
Studies awarded by the
University of Bolton gave me
a very good understanding of
the principles underpinning the
HRM managerial philosophy.”
ABOUT THE COURSE
Increasingly, a business degree is regarded as a
prerequisite entry requirement for many careers
and is essential in order to gain access to higher
levels of responsibility. Today, every organisation
needs to have a business outlook and employers
are achieving this by employing business
graduates.
contents
and interpretation of findings, application of
concepts, and identification and solving of
problems. Practical and transferable skills include
use of quantitative and qualitative research
methods, communication, teamwork, organisation
and time management, numerical and competent
use of information technology.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Level 1
Business Environment, Financial Aspects of
Business, Information Technology and Data
Analysis, Introduction to HRM, Elements of
Marketing, Business Law (or Language/Elective),
Personal Development Planning.
The course will provide you with a strong
foundation in the family of subjects which are
brought together to form the Business Studies
discipline.
Level 2
Financial Reporting, Planning and Control, Work
Experience, Organisational Behaviour, Research
Methods, Operations Management, two options
from Marketing, Law, HRM, Foreign Languages.
The course will challenge you to develop and
apply a broad range of skills in a progressive
learning environment. You will develop a capacity
for critical reasoning and analysis, synthesis of data
Level 3
Business Policy, Contemporary Management
Issues, Business Project, three options from
Marketing, Law, HRM, Foreign Languages.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
<
The course will provide you with a clear
indication of your ability. You will be encouraged
to apply skills and special abilities and interests to
the world of work.
>
SPECIAL FEATURES
•
•
•
•
•
Overseas work placements are available.
Additional online support for modules.
Single site for lectures and tutorials.
Small focused lectures.
Opportunity to study modern languages.
JOB PROSPECTS
Our graduates find work in many different
industries, both in the public and private sector,
such as local and central government, teaching,
insurance, banking, retail, leisure, tourism,
manufacturing, charities, nursing, and the police
and fire services.
• BA (Hons) Marketing.
• BA (Hons) Human Resource Management.
• BA (Hons) Accountancy.
quit
67
Business Studies (Top Up)
UCAS Code
N101 BA/BST (full-time).
Available as
Single Honours.
Start Dates
Typical Offer and
Duration
Applicants with all
Merits/Distinctions in Year 2 of
HND Business Studies may be
admitted to Level 3 (Top Up) of
the BA (Hons) Business Studies
degree (1 year full-time or 1.5
years part-time). Applicants with
all Merits/Distinctions in HNC
Business Studies may complete the
BA (Hons) by 1.5 years full-time or
2 years part-time further study.
Applicants with some Passes in
HND/HNC Business Studies may
complete the BA (Hons) by 2 to 3
years further study depending on
their individual profile.
ABOUT THE COURSE
Increasingly, a business degree is regarded as a
prerequisite entry requirement for many careers
and is essential in order to gain access to higher
levels of responsibility. Today, every organisation
needs to have a business outlook and employers
are achieving this by employing business
graduates.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
You will develop a capacity for critical reasoning
and analysis, synthesis of data and interpretation
of findings, application of concepts, and the
identification and solving of problems.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Level 2
Full-time applicants with less than the required
number of Merit/Distinction grades will be
required to complete additional Level 2 modules.
Students with an HNC will be expected to study
three modules at Level 2. Modules will be drawn
from Financial Reporting, Planning and Control,
Work Experience, Organisational Behaviour,
Research Methods, Operations Management, two
options from Foreign Languages, Law, HRM, and
Marketing.
Although the course does not bring specific
professional accreditation, it provides a strong
foundation in a wide range of professions.
You might also consider the following courses,
which could be completed in two years.
• BA (Hons) Marketing.
• BA (Hons) Accountancy.
Level 3 (Top Up)
Business Policy, Contemporary Management
Issues, Business Project, three options from
Foreign Languages, Law, HRM, and Marketing.
The course will provide you with a clear
indication of your ability. You will be encouraged
to apply skills, special abilities and interests to the
world of work.
contents
<
>
quit
SPECIAL FEATURES
The course will provide you with the opportunity
to raise your qualification from a strong HND or
HNC to a full undergraduate degree in a short
period of time.
• Additional online support for modules.
• Single site for lectures and tutorials.
• Small focused lectures.
JOB PROSPECTS
Our graduates work in many different industries,
both in the public and private sector, such as local
and central government, teaching, insurance,
banking, retail, leisure, tourism, manufacturing,
charities, police service, fire service and nursing.
68
Business Studies*
HND Full-time HNC Part-time
UCAS Code
002N HND/Bus (full-time).
Duration
Available as
Single Subject.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
Location
The University of Bolton or
Bury College.
ABOUT THE COURSE
The University of Bolton is a ground-breaking and
distinctive higher education institution, which
combines academic rigour with vocational
practicality.
These courses are designed for those who prefer
a more practical and vocational perspective than
a traditional degree course, and offer nationally
and internationally-recognised awards after two
years of study. A large proportion of our students
use the qualifications as springboards to one of
our degrees.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
The courses are designed to develop higher-level
business knowledge and business skills through a
broad range of business and management
modules, which are closely aligned with our
business degrees. You will be expected to evaluate
and analyse real business problems. Case studies
are widely used as teaching and learning tools. You
will develop IT skills using industry-standard
packages. Throughout both courses, modules will
seek to develop communication, teamwork and
numerical skills through teaching, learning and
assessment strategies.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
On the HND, you will study seven modules at
Level 1 and six modules at Level 2.The HNC
involves seven modules at Level 1, and three at
Level 2. Both awards also require students to
study a module in Personal Development
Planning at Level 1.
Level 1
Financial Aspects of Business, Business
Environment, Introduction to HRM, IT and Data
Analysis, Elements of Marketing, Business
Organisation and Management, Personal
Development Planning.
Level 2
Operations Management, Research Skills in
Business, Financial Reporting, Planning and
Control, Business Information Technology, Training
and Development, Marketing Communications,
Business Law, Employee Relations, Purchasing,
Foreign Languages.
The vocational nature of these courses gives you
a broad insight into the practical application of
theory in the world of work through the
extensive use of case studies in learning and
assessment.
SPECIAL FEATURES
The friendly programme team is dedicated to
providing support for students from a wide
variety of backgrounds, with emphasis on small
focused lectures, backed up by on-line support.
• Additional online support for modules.
• Friendly programme team.
contents
<
JOB PROSPECTS
Most successful students progress onto the BA
(Hons) Business Studies degree. Students typically
find employment in all areas of business, including
accountancy, purchasing, retail management,
personnel and local government.
The course does not concentrate on gaining
exemption from professional examinations.
However, if you wish to explore this area, you are
encouraged to discuss this at an early stage with
the programme manager.
*Also available at
Bury College.
>
quit
69
E-Business
UCAS Code
N102 BSc/EBU (full-time).
Duration
3 years full-time.
Available as
Single/Major/Joint Honours.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
ABOUT THE COURSE
Studying E-Business at this University gives you an
excellent start on the career ladder in the use and
development of E-Commerce applications in a
business, commercial or industrial environment.
Many local employers promote themselves here to
help you find work.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
You will learn about current computer applications,
information, problem identification and design,
development, testing and evaluation, software tools
and packages currently used in an E-Business
environment.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Level 1
At Level 1 you will be expected to acquire a good
understanding of the basic principles underlying the
theories and methods of E-Business, and be able to
communicate clearly about those basic principles.
contents
Business and Information Systems, Elements of
Marketing, Financial Aspects of Business, Professional
Skills Development 1,Visual Programming 1, Foreign
Language, Business Computing, Computing
Environments.
Level 2
methods of E-Business. We emphasise analysis and
evaluation of theories and methods.
Work Experience, Research Methods, Visual
Programming 2, Building Business Applications,
Business Web Sites, Implementing E-Business
Applications, E-Commerce Tools.
Level 3
At Level 3 you will be expected to consolidate your
understanding of and further develop your critical
orientation to the theories and methods. Each
successive level involves more independent
academic activity on your part.
Project (compulsory double module), Professional
Issues, Innovative E-Business, ICT for Competitive
Advantage, Customer Relations Management,
Contemporary Management Issues. The work
experience module helps you gain experience in
the field of E-Commerce Systems. Many guest
lectures are arranged to give you a real-world
understanding of current practices.
You will be able to find work in a trainee manager’s
role in many large companies, join a local firm or go
on to further study. This is a fast developing field
where specialists are highly valued.
• BSc (Hons) Business Information Systems.
Management.
<
>
quit
70
Human Resource Management
UCAS Code
N600 BA/HRM (full-time).
Duration
3 years full-time.
5 years part-time.
Available as
Start Dates
Typical Offer
Janine Timperley
BA (Hons) Business Studies
and Human Resource
Management.
contents
“I am hoping to use my degree
to enable me to change my
career and enter the Human
Resource Management sector.”
ABOUT THE COURSE
The course is designed to give you a clear
understanding of Human Resource Management
(HRM) policies and practices. At the same time
you will acquire the key skills expected for
careers in management and a variety of
professions. The modular structure of the
programme offers choice and flexibility, and the
teaching and learning environment is friendly and
supportive.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
Basically, HRM is about managing people. You will
learn about recruitment and selection, employee
development, employee relations, employment
law, contemporary management issues and much,
much more!
<
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
SPECIAL FEATURES
The modules you study will include: Managing
People, Business and Interpersonal Skills, Managing
Information and ICT at Level 1; Employee
Resourcing, Employee Development, Employee
Relations and Work Experience at Level 2;
Strategic HRM, International HRM, Employment
Law, and Contemporary Management Issues at
Level 3. You will also have a choice of options
from Marketing, Law, Business and even foreign
languages from beginner level onwards.
Students may undertake their work placement in
an HRM environment. Student industrial visits and
guest lectures from HRM practitioners are also
arranged. You may, if you wish, take part in an
Erasmus exchange programme.
The HRM degree prepares you for a wide range
of employment opportunities in both public and
private organisations. Previous graduates have
taken posts in local authorities, retailing,
commerce, the health sector, civil service and
within colleges and universities. Occupational
psychology, teaching, executive and consultancy
work are other possible career openings.
JOB PROSPECTS
The HRM degree programme prepares you for a
wide range of careers and provides a firm
foundation for postgraduate studies, including the
Chartered Institute of Personnel and
Development (CIPD) professional qualification or
for a Masters in HRM or even a teaching
qualification.
• BA/BSc (Hons) Psychology & Management*.
• BA (Hons) Management*.
• BA (Hons) International Management*.
>
quit
71
International Management*
UCAS Code
N292 BA/IntMgt (full-time).
Duration
3 years full-time.
5 years part-time.
Available as
Single Honours.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
International students should have
IELTS 5.5 or equivalent - please see
page 19. For details of the
Pre-sessional English Foundation
Programme please see page 20.
ABOUT THE COURSE
International Management at Bolton is a dynamic
programme for both home and international
students. It focuses on Management and
International Management issues, and equips you
with essential language skills. The modular
structure of the programme offers choice and
flexibility, and the teaching and learning
environment is friendly and supportive.
can study a language from scratch at Level 1. If
you are an International student with an
intermediate level of English, you will be able to
develop further your English language skills. You
will also have a choice of options from Marketing,
Law and Business.
guest lectures from practitioners are also
arranged. You do not need previous knowledge of
foreign languages as you can study a new
language from scratch. You may, if you wish, take
part in an Erasmus exchange programme.
JOB PROSPECTS
This degree will equip you with the knowledge
and key skills expected for careers in management
and a variety of professions.
The development of foreign language skills will
enhance your career prospects in an increasingly
global market.
SPECIAL FEATURES
The ‘Work Experience’ module will give you the
opportunity to apply skills and competences in
the real world of management. Industrial visits and
The International Management degree
programme is designed to prepare you for a wide
range of careers and provides a firm foundation
for postgraduate studies or a teaching
qualification.
contents
• BA (Hons) Management*.
<
>
quit
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
You will gain a clear understanding of managerial
principles and processes. In addition, you will
develop essential professional and interpersonal
skills as well as foreign language skills.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
The modules you will study include: Business and
Interpersonal Skills, Managing People, Managing
Information and ICT at Level 1; Organisational
Behaviour, Work Experience and Managing
Change in Organisations at Level 2;
Contemporary Management Issues, International
HRM, and Comparative International Management
at Level 3. Languages are taught at all levels. You
72
Law
LLB (Hons) Full-time/Part-time
UCAS Code
M100 LLB/Law (full-time).
Duration
3 years full-time.
4.5 to 5 years part-time.
Available as
Single Honours.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
Applicants will normally also
require five GCSE passes at
grade C or above including English.
Applicants may be required to pass
a diagnostic test prior to admission.
ABOUT THE COURSE
Bolton offers friendly, supportive and student
centred approaches to the learning of Law. The
aim of the course is to provide students with a
thorough grounding in the discipline of Law. Both
the Law Society and the Bar Council have
accredited the University of Bolton for the
purposes of the solicitors' and barristers'
"academic stage" requirements. Careers advice is
available from the University of Bolton Careers
Centre. Staff qualified in the field offer a range of
contacts with employers, including the legal
profession.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
Students will learn a combination of the
mechanisms of law and substantive law together
with many other relevant disciplines within a
supportive and stimulating environment.
You are required to pass all assessments and
examinations in the foundations of legal
knowledge, and you must complete the degree
within a specific time-frame. The degree must be
completed within one year of the normal period
for a full-time study programme or within two
years of the normal period for a part-time study
programme.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
At Level 1, you will study core modules of English
Legal System, Contract Law, Criminal Law,
Consumer Law, Introduction to Law Skills plus an
elective.
At Level 2, you will study Law of Tort, Public Law,
Human Rights Law, Company Law, Legal Research
Methods, plus an elective.
At Level 3, you will study Equity and Trusts, Land
Law, European Law, Employment Law or Family
Law, plus a Law project.
The course is designed as an entryway into the
legal profession, be it at the bar or as a solicitor.
However, it should also appeal to those wishing to
study a highly regarded degree who want to enter
business or the public services. The degree will
enhance the employability of students by
developing appropriate transferable and legal skills,
including the ability to pursue a course of
independent study. The course encourages
students to gain transferable skills in preparation
for graduate employment. It extends the
intellectual and evaluative powers of course
participants and facilitates the development of
their creative thought processes.
JOB PROSPECTS
The course has been designed to provide a
course of study suitable for those who wish to
progress immediately to a further qualification as
a solicitor or barrister.
In addition, students may gain employment in a
wide variety of occupations including business,
insurance, and the public sector.
The qualifying law degree contains within it the
exemption subjects required in order to take the
Legal Practice Course (LPC) if one wishes to
become a solicitor.
The qualifying law degree contains within it the
exemption subjects required in order to take The
Bar Vocational Course (BVC) if one wishes to
become a barrister.
SPECIAL FEATURES
The course provides an opportunity to enhance
career prospects. The course also provides the
opportunity to apply knowledge gained in realistic
scenarios.
contents
<
>
quit
73
Law (Combined Honours Pathway)
BA (Hons) Combined Subject Full-time/Part-time
UCAS Code
Refer to UCAS Directory for
codes linked to Combined Subjects
(full-time courses).
A student following the Minor route must cover
the core modules at Levels 1 and 2, and two
modules from the option choices at Level 3.
Duration
3 years full-time.
4.5 to 5 years part-time.
Available as
Joint/Minor Honours.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
This discipline must be combined
with another subject - see page 24.
ABOUT THE COURSE
This University offers a friendly, supportive and
student-centred approach to the learning of Law.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
You learn a combination of the mechanisms of
Law and substantive Law, together with many
other relevant disciplines, within a supportive and
stimulating environment.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Level 1
A Joint student will study core modules of English
Legal System and Contract Law, and take one
option - Law and Government.
Level 2
A Joint student will study core modules of
Criminal Law and Law of Tort, and select one
option from either Consumer Law or Family Law.
Level 3
A Joint student will choose three options from:
Employment Law, Company Law, European Law,
Administrative Law or Law Project (the project
must be taken unless the project module is being
completed as part of another Joint pathway).
The course will enhance your employability by
developing appropriate transferable and legal skills,
including the ability to pursue a course of
independent study. The course encourages you to
gain transferable skills in preparation for graduate
employment. It will extend your intellectual and
evaluative powers, as well as developing your
processes of creative thought.
SPECIAL FEATURES
The course provides an opportunity to enhance
your career prospects. It also provides the
opportunity to apply knowledge gained in realistic
scenarios.
• To provide access to legal education for a
range of people, including non-traditional
learners.
JOB PROSPECTS
Students have gained employment in a wide
variety of occupations, including business,
insurance, and the public sector. The course has
been designed for those who do not want to
progress immediately to a further qualification to
become a solicitor or barrister.
There are some instances where students who
have read for a Joint Law degree here have been
successful in gaining exemptions from four of the
subjects required by the Law Society in the
Common Professional Examination. However,
requests for exemptions must be made on an
individual basis to the Law Society.
contents
<
>
quit
74
Logistics & Supply Chain Management
UCAS Code
NG24 BSc/LSC (full-time).
Duration
3 years full-time.
Available as
Start Dates
Typical Offer
Imraz Mumtaz
BSc (Hons) Business
“The computing facilities are
excellent - the software and
hardware is up-to-date.”
ABOUT THE COURSE
Studying Logistics & Supply Chain Management
(LSCM) at Bolton will give you an excellent start
on the career ladder in this fast growing field.
Many local employers promote themselves here
to assist you in obtaining employment. The course
is all about how to develop, manage and improve
all aspects of supply chains, from the
transportation and storage side, to the latest
computer applications to track and control
products in supply chains.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
You will learn about the application of a critical
and analytical approach to problem solving and
the investigation of LSCM-related issues. You will
be able to select optional modules to specialise in:
Information Systems for Logistics and SCM,
Physical Logistics and SCM or General
Management and SCM. The course provides
opportunities for you to become practiced in the
application of LSCM in a vocational setting.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
At Level 1 you will be expected to acquire a
good understanding of the basic principles
underlying the theories and methods of LSCM,
and be able to communicate clearly about those
basic principles. At Level 2 you will be expected
to develop and adopt a critical stance towards
the theories and methods of LSCM. An emphasis
will be placed on analysis and evaluation of
theories and methods. At Level 3, you will be
expected to consolidate your understanding of
and further develop your critical orientation to
the theories and methods. Each successive level
involves more independent academic activity on
your part.
Level 1
Business & Information Systems, Elements of
Marketing, Financial Aspects of Business,
Professional Skills Development 1, Introduction to
HRM, Foreign Language, Supply Chain Operations,
Resource Control Systems, IT and Data Analysis.
Level 2
Work Experience, Research Methods, Supply
Chain Management, Building Business Applications,
Business Web Sites, Implementing
E-Business Applications, Transport Operations
Management, Transport Engineering, Financial
Reporting, Planning and Control.
Level 3
Project (compulsory double module),
Contemporary Management Issues, Supply Chain
Strategy, Project Management and Control
contents
Systems, Customer Relationship Management,
Logistics and Operations Management, ICT for
Competitive Advantage, Transport Studies.
The Work Experience module helps you gain
experience in the field of LSCM. Many guest
lectures are arranged to give you a real-world
understanding of the current practices used. You
will be able to gain employment in a trainee
manager’s role in many large companies, join a
local firm or proceed to further study.
SPECIAL FEATURES
• Work experience period to gain a real world
understanding in the area of LSCM.
• Many links with local and national employers.
• Current software applications and facilities.
area of LSCM, and the opportunity to continue
your studies at Masters and Doctoral level.
• BSc (Hons) E-Business.
<
>
quit
75
Logistics Management Foundation Degree*
FdSc Full-time/Part time
UCAS Code
N295 FdSc/LogM (full-time).
Duration
2 years full-time.
3 years part-time.
Available as
Single Subject.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
Location
City College, Manchester.
ABOUT THE COURSE
The Foundation degree in Logistics Management
at City College, Manchester, with support from
the University of Bolton, gives you an excellent
start on the career ladder in the use and
development of Information Systems in a logistics
environment. Many local employers from the
Logistics Forum North West promote themselves
through the University to help you gain
employment in a trainee manager’s role in a large
logistics company or proceed to further study at
the University.
Managing Learning at Work, Vehicle and
Operations Management, Business Systems,
Understanding Organisations, Traffic Planning and
Scheduling, Foreign Language, Introduction to
HRM, IT and Data Analysis, Health and Safety for
the Transport Industry.
Level 2
methods of Logistics Systems. An emphasis will be
placed on analysis and evaluation of theories and
methods, as well as their use in the modern
logistics environment.
Introduction to Supply Chain Management, Doing
Business in Europe, Managing Business Risk,
Marketing, Sales and Customer Focus,
Performance Measurement, Transport Engineering,
Work Based Project, Research Methods.
The extended work placement period helps you
gain experience in the field of Logistics Systems.
The course will also give you knowledge and
expertise which can be taken forward to further
study, such as degree or Masters-level
qualifications.
• HND/HNC Business Information Systems.
Management.
contents
<
>
quit
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
You learn about current computer applications,
information, problem identification and design
development, testing and evaluation, software
tools and packages, and various Logistics-based
Information Systems currently in use.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
You study at two different levels.
Level 1
At Level 1 you will be expected to acquire a
good understanding of the basic principles
underlying the theories and methods of Logistics
Systems, and be able to communicate clearly
about those basic principles.
76
Management*
UCAS Code
N200 BA/Mgt (full-time).
Duration
3 years full-time.
5 years part-time.
Available as
Start Dates
Typical Offer
ABOUT THE COURSE
The course is designed to equip you with the key
skills and knowledge expected in careers in
management and a variety of professions. The
modular structure of the programme offers
choice and flexibility, and the teaching and learning
JOB PROSPECTS
The Management degree prepares you for a wide
range of employment opportunities in both public
and private organisations. Occupational
psychology, teaching, executive and consultancy
work are other possible career openings.
The Management degree programme is designed
to prepare you for a wide range of careers and
provides a firm foundation for postgraduate
studies or a teaching qualification.
SPECIAL FEATURES
The ‘Work Experience’ module will give you the
opportunity to apply skills and competences in
the real world of management. Industrial visits and
guest lectures from practitioners are also
arranged. You may, if you wish, take part in an
Erasmus exchange programme.
• BA (Hons) International Management*.
contents
<
>
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
You will gain a clear understanding of managerial
principles and processes. In addition, you will
develop essential professional and interpersonal
skills.
quit
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
The modules you will study include: Business and
Interpersonal Skills, Managing People and
Managing Operations and Services at Level 1;
Organisational Behaviour, Work Experience and
Managing Customer and Quality at Level 2; and
Contemporary Management Issues, Project
Management and Control Systems, Knowledge
Management and Strategic Management at Level
3. You will also have a choice of options from
Marketing, Law, Business and even foreign
languages from beginner level onwards.
77
Marketing
UCAS Code
N500 BA/Mkt (full-time).
Duration
3 years full-time.
Available as
Start Dates
Typical Offer
ABOUT THE COURSE
Marketing is seen by many organisations as the
major factor which contributes to their long-term
success. The adoption of the marketing concept
helps organisations to focus on customers, the
competition and the external environment, in an
attempt to gain a long-term competitive
advantage. This pathway aims to develop your
critical understanding and awareness of marketing
issues and practices and stimulate an enquiring,
analytical and creative approach to the study of
marketing.
Management, Elements of Marketing, Business
Law, Languages.
Level 2
International Marketing, Marketing
Communications, Marketing Research Methods,
Financial Reporting and Planning Control, Services
Marketing, Operations Management, Work
Experience.
Level 3
Marketing Management, Marketing Strategy,
Buying Behaviour, Business Policy, Marketing
Project, Contemporary Management Issues.
You will develop and enhance a range of skills and
attributes attractive to employers. These include
intellectual and imaginative powers, critical
faculties, independence and self-awareness.
SPECIAL FEATURES
On the single-subject Marketing pathway, you get
the opportunity of work experience. In addition,
by successfully completing the Marketing degree,
you are awarded exemptions towards Chartered
Institute of Marketing (CIM) qualifications.
JOB PROSPECTS
Employment opportunities for Marketing
graduates are many, including areas such as
advertising, marketing communications, personal
selling, public relations and marketing research.
Alternatively, you may seek employment as a
marketing manager or marketing consultant.
contents
The course is recognised by the main professional
Marketing body, the Chartered Institute of
Marketing (CIM).You will gain exemptions towards
the CIM Postgraduate Diploma in Marketing.
• HND Business Studies.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
The course will examine current developments
and trends in marketing including the international
dimension, legislative controls and environmental
issues as they impact on marketing activities.
Learning and teaching strategies follow a
programme of lectures, seminars, group
discussions, case studies and business simulation
exercises. Assessment methods include
coursework and examinations.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Level 1
Business Environment, Financial Aspects of
Business, Information Technology and Data
Analysis, Introduction to Human Resource
<
>
quit
78
Service Sector Management Foundation Degree
FdA Part-time
Duration
3 years part-time.
Available as
Single Subject.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
Applicants must be employed fulltime in a junior management or
supervisory role as this qualification
is part of a professional modern
apprenticeship in management.
Location
Skills Solution Ltd, Central
Manchester.
Application
In the first instance applicants
should approach Skills Solution Ltd.
ABOUT THE COURSE
The new part-time Foundation degree in Service
Sector Management is delivered by the
Department of Business Studies at the University
of Bolton in collaboration with Skills Solution Ltd,
part of the Manchester Enterprises Ltd group,
which is one of the largest training providers in
the North-West.
The Foundation degree in Service Sector
Management is a part-time qualification designed
for those who prefer a more practical and
vocational perspective rather than a traditional
degree course. It offers a nationally and
internationally recognised award after three years
of study. The Foundation degree in Service Sector
Management provides an opportunity to gain
vocationally relevant academic knowledge and
develop vocational expertise. The course has a
‘retail’ slant, but the proposed structure has been
deemed relevant and appropriate by other
service sector companies.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
Understand Consumer Behaviour, Manage
Customer Service, Manage Service Sector
Operations, Manage and Lead People, Develop
People in Work, Managing Resources, Manage
Information, Understand Laws Relating To Service
Sector Management, Self Manage Performance
and Development, Undertake Independent
Research into Service Sector Management.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
You study six modules at Level H4 and six
modules at Level H5, drawn from:
Level H4
Business Skills and Personal Development,
Financial Aspects of Business, Introduction to
HRM, IT and Data Analysis, Elements of Marketing,
Business Fundamentals.
• Learning sessions designed to help
accommodate students’ work commitments.
JOB PROSPECTS
On successful completion of the Foundation
degree, you have the opportunity to enrol on
Level 3 of the BA (Hons) Business Studies degree,
which takes three semesters to complete on a
part-time basis.
contents
Graduates will be eligible for exemption from
various levels and stages of qualifications offered
by organisations such as the Institute of
Leadership and Management, and the Chartered
Management Institute.
Level H5
Service Sector Operations, Management,
Research Methods, Marketing Communications,
Service Sector Law, Planning for Change in the
Service Sector, Quality and Customer Service,
Service Sector Marketing, Principles of
Merchandising and Display.
The vocational nature of the course is designed
to give you a broad insight into the practical
application of theory in the world of work,
through the extensive use of case studies in
learning and assessment.
SPECIAL FEATURES
• The main class contact sessions will be held at
the Skills Solution Ltd site in Central
Manchester. Tutors will be drawn from the
University of Bolton and Skills Solution Ltd. In
addition, you will be supported on-line from
the University.
<
>
quit
79
Access to HE Part-time
Duration
One semester (part-time).
Available as
Single Subject.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
Applicants must have completed
their compulsory education at least
3 years or more before the course
start date, and must not be direct
entrants from year 12/13 education.
applicants without formal
qualifications who have relevant
work/life experience. The main
attributes required are enthusiasm
and "Staying Power".
ABOUT THE COURSE
distinctive higher education institution that
practicality.
This course enables you to undertake a
programme of study which can lead directly to an
undergraduate degree at this University.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
You will study five modules:
Financial Environment: Economic Influences,
Raising Finance, Financial Accounting, Cost
Accounting.
Numeracy and IT: Numeracy, Data Presentation,
Spreadsheets, Databases, Internet.
Career Preparation Skills: Career Preparation
and Planning, Recruitment and Selection, Training
and Development, Applying for Education and
Training, Interview Skills.
Communication and Law: Word Processing, Essay
Writing, Seminar Skills, Legal Aspects of Business,
Political Influences.
Aspects of Business: Business Organisation,
Business Ideas and Startups, Developing a
Business, Running a Business.
The main objective is to prepare you for entry
into higher education to study for a degree or
Higher National Diploma (normally in Business).
The course is also useful if you want to re-enter
the job market.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
This course is designed to introduce you to a
broad range of business topics including finance,
law and economics, as well as aspects of career
development and key study skills. Case studies are
widely used as a teaching and learning tool. You
will develop IT skills using industry standard
packages. In addition, the course will help develop
communication, teamwork and numerical skills
through teaching, learning and assessment
strategies.
SPECIAL FEATURES
focused lectures, designed to ensure that all
students are prepared for entry onto a course in
higher education. If your record of achievement
on the course is satisfactory you will be
guaranteed a place by the Department of
Business Studies.
contents
<
• One semester programme aimed at preparing
you for entry into higher education to study for
a degree or Higher National Diploma (normally
in Business).
• The course is also useful for people who want
to re-enter the job market.
• Opportunity to develop English language skills
while gaining a grounding in business and study
skills.
• Successful students, who gain the nationally
recognised kite-marked Access Certificate from
GMOCN, will be offered a place on a higher
education course in the Department of
Business Studies.
JOB PROSPECTS
Most successful Access to HE: Business students
progress onto a business-related degree at this
University.
• Access to HE: Business for International
Students.
>
quit
80
Access to HE Full-time
Duration
One semester (full-time).
Available as
Single Subject.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
Candidates must have completed
High School or the equivalent and
have an English language proficiency
of IELTS 5.0 or equivalent - please
see page 19. Special consideration
is given to applicants without formal
qualifications who have relevant
work/life experience. The main
attributes required are enthusiasm
and "Staying Power".
Arthur Mbeumo
Access to HE: Business for
International Students.
“Living in the Halls of
Residence has allowed me to
meet a lot of different people
and this has helped me with
my English. Also I have been
able to find out more about
England and its culture.”
ABOUT THE COURSE
distinctive higher education institution that
practicality.
This course enables you, as an international
student, to undertake a programme of study
leading directly to an undergraduate degree at
this University. The course is ideal if you wish to
improve your business knowledge and English
proficiency before starting the first year of a
business-related degree. It is also suitable if you do
not have the standard entry qualifications for
higher education, but have completed the
equivalent of High School education.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
This course is designed to introduce you to a
broad range of business topics including finance,
law and economics, as well as aspects of career
development and key study skills. You are given the
opportunity to develop your English language skills
in preparation for a higher education course in a
business-related subject. Case studies are widely
used as a teaching and learning tool. You will
develop IT skills, using industry standard packages.
In addition, the course will help develop
communication, teamwork and numerical skills
through teaching, learning and assessment
strategies.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
You will study five modules, together with
additional English sessions [which are timetabled
by arrangement]:
Financial Environment: Economic Influences,
Raising Finance, Financial Accounting, Cost
Accounting.
Numeracy and IT: Numeracy, Data Presentation,
Spreadsheets, Databases, Internet.
Career Preparation Skills: Career Preparation and
Planning, Recruitment and Selection, Training and
Development, Applying for Education and Training,
Interview Skills.
Communication and Law: Word Processing, Essay
Writing, Seminar Skills, Legal Aspects of Business,
Political Influences.
Aspects of Business: Business Organisation,
Business Ideas and Startups, Developing a Business,
Running a Business.
The main objective is to prepare you for entry
into higher education to study for a degree or a
Higher National Diploma (normally in Business).
The course is also useful for people who want to
re-enter the job market.
SPECIAL FEATURES
focused lectures, designed to ensure that all
students are prepared for entry onto a course in
higher education. If your record of achievement
on the course is satisfactory you will be
guaranteed a place by the Department of
Business Studies.
• One semester programme which gives
overseas students the chance to progress onto
an HE programme.
• Opportunity to develop English language skills
while gaining a grounding in business and study
skills.
• Successful students, who may gain a nationally
recognised kite-marked Access Certificate from
GMOCN, will be offered a place on a higher
education course in the Department of
Business Studies.
JOB PROSPECTS
Most successful Access to HE: Business students
progress onto a business-related degree at this
University.
• Access to HE: Business.
contents
<
>
quit
81
contents
<
>
quit
82
Computing
Business Software Development BSc (Hons)
Business Software Development HND/HNC
83
84
Computer Games Software Development BSc (Hons)/HND
85
Computing BSc (Hons)
Computing HND/HNC
Computing Technology BSc (Hons)
Computing Technology HND
Creative Technologies BSc (Hons)/HND
Games Design BSc (Hons)/HND
Internet Communications & Networks BSc (Hons)
Internet Security & Networks BSc (Hons)*
Internet Systems Development BSc (Hons)
Multimedia & Website Development BSc (Hons)/HND
Sound Engineering & Design Foundation Degree (FdSc)
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
Special Effects Development BSc (Hons)/BDes (Hons)/HND
97
contents
<
>
quit
Computing
83
Business Software Development
UCAS Code
G601 BSc/BSD3 (3 years full-time).
G602 BSc/BusSD (3.5 years fulltime including HND).
G603 BSc/BSoD (4 years full-time
including Foundation & HND).
Duration
3 to 4 years full-time.
Available as
Single Honours.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
ABOUT THE COURSE
This course covers a selection of computing
subjects geared towards the development of
business application software. Options modules
allow you to tailor your degree to your own
preferences. Modules are continuously developed
to ensure current and future trends are examined.
Core skills include visual programming, database
design and systems analysis, with an emphasis on
integrated business applications such as office
automation, visual programming with database
access, and integrated business web-sites.
SPECIAL FEATURES
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
You develop skills in analysing and designing
business applications. Subject specific skills include
visual programming, systems analysis, database
design and implementation, internet programming.
Teamwork and communication skills are
developed throughout. Research and
implementation skills are developed through the
Project module.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Level 1
Computerised Financial Systems, Information
Systems, Internet 1,Visual Programming I, Business
Computing, Core Skills, Networking Basics,
Programming and Design 1.
Level 2
Database Theory and Practice, Building Office
Applications, Systems Analysis, Visual Programming
2, Integrating Business Web-Sites, Developing
Internet Systems, Human Computer Interaction.
There is an emphasis on being able to develop
software for business applications, using visual
programming techniques and skills which are of
immediate use to an employer.
• Graduates will be immediately useful to
employers for developing software for business
applications.
contents
<
JOB PROSPECTS
Graduates in Business Software Development are
in short supply, so career prospects are very good
in business computing, visual programming and
design, and systems analysis.
Full British Computer Society (BCS) accreditation
(subject to formal ratification) gives our graduates
full exemption from BCS graduate examinations.
• BSc (Hons) Computing.
• HND/HNC Business Software Development.
Level 3
Professional Issues in Computing, Project, User
Interface Design, Advanced Database Systems,
Client Server Solutions, Software Engineering,
Electronic Commerce, Internet Security.
>
quit
84
Computing
Business Software Development
UCAS Code
006G HND/BSDev (2 years fulltime).
106G HND/BSDf (2.5 years fulltime including Foundation).
Level 2
HND
Database Theory and Practice, HND Project,
Systems Analysis, Visual Programming 2.
Duration
2 or 2.5 years full-time (HND).
Available as
Single Subject.
HNC
Database Theory and Practice, HNC Project,
Systems Analysis, Visual Programming 2.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
ABOUT THE COURSE
These courses are part of a related suite of
computing courses offered at Bolton, allowing a
range of options and possibilities for further study.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
Overall, these courses will give a sound education
in computing and integrated business applications
such as use of accounting software, office
automation and emphasis on visual programming
with database access. These techniques are
becoming increasingly important in industry and
commerce.
SPECIAL FEATURES
These courses will develop the student’s ability to
adapt to new methods and technology and keep
up-to-date with developments in application
software.
Diploma or Certificate holders will be
immediately useful to employers for developing
software for business applications.
These courses are designed to provide students
with the knowledge and skills required to
contribute to the analysis, design, testing and
development of business application software.
These courses will develop general interpersonal
and communication skills which are very
important for the workplace. Also, it may be
possible to progress to a related degree course at
Bolton.
JOB PROSPECTS
These courses lead to careers such as
programmers, programme analysts or systems
analysts, database administrators and PC user
support. Past students have found positions in
industry and with local authorities.
contents
<
• BSc (Hons) Business Software Development.
>
quit
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Level 1
HND
Networking Basics, Visual Programming 1,
Computerised Financial Systems, Information
Systems, Core Skills, Internet 1, Programming and
Design 1, Computer Systems Architecture.
HNC
Visual Programming 1, Computerised Financial
Systems, Information Systems, Core Skills.
Computing
85
Computer Games Software Development
BSc (Hons)/HND Full-time
UCAS Code
G450 BSc/GASD (3 years full-time).
G455 BSc/CGD35 (3.5 years fulltime including HND).
G451 BSc/GASD4 (4 years full-time
154G HND/CGD (2 years fulltime).
Duration
3 to 4 years full-time (degree).
Available as
Single Honours/HND.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
BSc (Hons) only - 200 UCAS points
or equivalent. HND only - 100
UCAS points or equivalent.
Saima Survay
BSc (Hons) Computer Games
Software Development.
“I wanted to go to my local
university because it offered the
course I was really interested
in.”
ABOUT THE COURSE
The growth in the games industry continues apace
and 2007 promises to be an exciting time, as the
competition between the three new consoles
heats up. At the same time, the anticipated growth
in the mobile, set-top box and downloadable
games markets represents a significant opportunity
for small developers. These courses are ideal for
any student who is looking to convert an interest
in computer games into employment in one of
the country's most dynamic and profitable
industries. Many of the world's best selling games
originate in the UK and there is a huge demand
for talented individuals to work in games
development. Seventy-five percent of our first
graduating cohort are employed in the games
industry.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
The courses provide an in-depth study of all the
components of game development, production,
finance and distribution, with an emphasis on
programming. You will be able to: program in Visual
C++ and DirectX to produce 2D and 3D games;
use software development kits to produce games
for video consoles; incorporate sound effects and
music into games; create and animate 3D player
models; understand the importance of physics in
realistic game-play; apply a range of artificial
intelligence techniques; understand the legal and
professional issues of game production.
3 Artificial Intelligence, Computer Games
Development Methods, Advanced 3D
Programming.
By the end of this course, you will have a portfolio
of games you have created. Your Final Year project
will be a game which focuses on some advanced
aspect of modern games, for example in-game
communication or artificial intelligence.
SPECIAL FEATURES
We focus on practical work and attempt to deliver
the theory to support that work in a practical way.
Our games team is passionate about games and
will help you to develop a portfolio of your work.
Our USERlab is a truly unique facility and you will
work with it, both as subjects in our work with
commercial developers and as experimenters
when you come to evaluate your own games. The
USERlab earned a “Special Thanks” in the credits
for Sony’s WRC5: Rally Evolved.
JOB PROSPECTS
You will be well prepared for working in the
games industry, but your programming skills will
serve you well in any area of computing.
• BSc (Hons)/HND Games Design.
• BSc (Hons) Special Effects Development.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Sample modules:
1 Games Design & Level Design, Programming
1A and 1B, Games Mathematics.
2 Games Hardware, Architecture and Peripherals,
Games and Entertainment Technology.
contents
<
>
quit
86
Computing
Computing
UCAS Code
G400 BSc/CST (3 years full-time).
G402 BSc/CST (3.5 years full-time
including HND).
G401 BSc/C (4 years full-time
Duration
Available as
Single Honours.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
ABOUT THE COURSE
This course offers a broad coverage of computing
subjects, with a core of key computing skills and
options in a wide range of computing areas. It has
run successfully here for many years, with an
experienced team. Options allow you to tailor
your degree to your own preferences. Modules
are continuously developed to ensure current and
future trends are examined.
Level 2
Visual Programming 2, Database Theory and
Practice, Systems Analysis, Data Structures and
Algorithms, Object Oriented Methods 1,
Networks and Communications, Developing
Internet Systems, Human Computer Interaction,
Building Office Applications.
Level 3
Professional Issues In Computing, Project,
Advanced Database Systems, Client Server
Solutions, Integrating Business Websites, Software
Engineering, Web and Systems Based
Programming, Electronic Commerce, Internet
Security.
contents
<
Computing graduates are in short supply, so
career prospects are very good in business
computing, programming analysis and systems
analysis. Typical employment includes
programming, systems analysis, network support,
computer support desks and database
administration.
>
quit
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
Core skills include programming, software design,
database design, systems analysis, object-oriented
development.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Level 1
Information Systems, Networking Basics, Core
Skills, Programming and Design 1 and 2,
Computer Systems Architecture, Visual
Programming 1, Internet 1.
SPECIAL FEATURES
A broad education in computing, with an
emphasis on design and practical systems
development.
employers for designing and constructing
software systems.
are developed throughout. Research and
implementation skills are developed through the
Project module.
JOB PROSPECTS
You will develop skills in analysing and designing
software systems. Subject-specific skills include
programming in various languages, use of a variety
of operating systems, systems analysis, database
design and implementation, and web
programming. Teamwork and communication skills
• HND/HNC Computing.
• BSc (Hons) Internet Systems Development.
Computing
87
Computing
UCAS Code
104G HND/CST (2 years full-time).
004G HND/Com (2.5 years fulltime including Foundation).
Duration
2 or 2.5 years full-time (HND).
Available as
Single Subject.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
Caterino Joao
BSc (Hons) Computing.
contents
“I am enjoying my time at
the University of Bolton - the
facilities, teachers and staff are
all really good.”
<
>
ABOUT THE COURSE
This is a successful course, producing many
people who have obtained relevant employment
or gone on to further study.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
This course will develop your ability to adapt to
new methods and technology, and keeps up-to
date with developments in software systems.
Overall, it provides a sound education in
computing.
HNC
Networking Basics, Core Skills, Programming and
Design 1, Information Systems, Programming and
Design 2.
Level 2
HND
Database Theory and Practice, HND Project,
Systems Analysis, Data Structures and Algorithms.
HNC
Database Theory and Practice, HNC Project,
Systems Analysis, Data Structures and Algorithms.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Level 1
HND
Networking Basics, Visual Programming 1, Core
Skills, Programming and Design 1, Information
Systems, Internet 1, Programming and Design 2,
Computer Systems Architecture.
These courses are designed to give you the
knowledge and skills needed to contribute to the
analysis, design, testing and development of
software systems. You will also develop general
interpersonal and communication skills, which are
very important for the workplace.
SPECIAL FEATURES
A sound introduction to design, programming and
systems analysis.
Diploma or Certificate holders will be immediately
useful to employers for general computing
positions.
JOB PROSPECTS
Careers as trainee programmers, programme
analysts or systems analysts, database
administrators and IT user support/help desk
professionals. Past students have found positions in
industry and with local authorities. Also, if
successful, it is possible to progress to a related
degree course at Bolton.
quit
88
Computing
Computing Technology
BSc (Hons) Full-time
UCAS Code
Duration
H600 BSc/COT (3 years full-time).
H602 BSc/COT35 (3.5 years fulltime including HND).
H601 BSc/COT4 (4 years full-time
Available as
Single Honours.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
ABOUT THE COURSE
The skills taught on this course continue to
increase in importance and, as a graduate you will
be well-placed for a successful career in managing
the computer technology infrastructure required
to support a range of economic activities in the
modern world. Skills in multimedia development
are an ideal complement to computer
infrastructure management skills. We, therefore,
include modules on multimedia and the Internet.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
On graduation you will be able to manage
a computer installation such as a networked
system, including installing the operating system,
installing applications and optimising the
performance of the system, select and configure
appropriate hardware and software to implement
a networked computer system, enhance or
optimise a computer system for a particular
purpose and, if appropriate options are taken,
create advanced web pages.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
The modules available at each level for the three
year degree are:
Level 1
Compulsory modules: Internet 1, Computer
Programming (Java), Core Skills, Visual
Programming, Networking Basics, Network
Operating Systems.
Optional modules: Introduction to Visualisation,
Computer Programming (C++).
Level 2
Compulsory modules: Networks 1, Computer
Security, Unix, Career Development, Project Skills.
Optional modules: Computer Sound Processing,
Computer Security, Internet 2, Networks 2,
Network Administration, Computer Modelling and
Art, Unix, Software Engineering.
Level 3
Compulsory modules: Network Management,
Project.
Optional modules: Artificial Intelligence, Internet 3,
Multimedia Integration and Applications, Electronic
Commerce, Java Programming and Animation,
Professional Issues in Computing, Advanced
Visualisation Techniques.
• State-of-the-art facilities.
• Opportunity to develop skills in managing a
computer network infrastructure.
• Particularly attractive to employers due to the
curriculum being at practitioner level.
JOB PROSPECTS
Our graduates are employable in a variety of
businesses and industries where the practical
nature of their skills will prove to be of
immediate value. If you do not choose to enter
the employment market immediately, you will
be equipped for further study on a variety of
vocational or MSc level courses available at Bolton
or elsewhere.
The topics taught are no longer considered just
'big-company' technologies. Small and medium
size concerns are obliged to use computer
technologies in their business operations. Your
flexibility and range of skills make you particularly
attractive to many organisations.
• BSc (Hons) Internet Communications &
Networks.
• BSc (Hons)/HND Computer Games Software
Development.
• BSc (Hons)/HND Multimedia & Website
Development.
• BSc (Hons) Internet Security & Networks*.
• HND Computing Technology.
SPECIAL FEATURES
A course in computing technology with a
high practical content supported by excellent
laboratory facilities.
contents
<
>
quit
Computing
89
Computing Technology
HND Full-time
UCAS Code
006H HND/COT (2 years fulltime).
204G HND/CTf (2.5 years fulltime including Foundation).
Optional modules:
Visual Programming, Introduction to Visualisation,
Network Operating Systems, Computer
Programming (C++).
Duration
2 or 2.5 years full-time.
Available as
Single Subject.
Level 2
Networks 1, Project, Games and Entertainment
Technology 2, Computer Security, Networks 2,
Network Technologies 2, Unix, Software
Engineering, Communications 2.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
This course prepares you for an exciting career in
a fast-growing area of technology. It provides the
understanding of key computing and computer
network principles to give you the flexibility that
computing professionals must have in the modern
world. On successfully completing this course, you
will be immediately able to make a valuable
contribution in the work environment.
You will be employable in a variety of businesses
and industries, where the practical nature of your
skills will prove to be of immediate value. This
course is tightly integrated into the BSc (Hons)
courses in Computing Technology and Internet
Communications & Networks so that, on
completing the HND, you can take one of these
degrees by a further three semesters (18
months) of study.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
SPECIAL FEATURES
ABOUT THE COURSE
You will develop an understanding of key
principles and a breadth of knowledge covering a
range of computer applications, techniques and
architectures, related to computer networks. The
course is also designed to develop the
interpersonal and transferable skills so important
in the working environment.
• BSc (Hons) Computing Technology.
Networks.
Development.
Development.
A course in computing technology with a high
practical content supported by excellent
• State-of-the-art facilities.
• Opportunity to develop skills in managing a
computer network infrastructure.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Level 1
Compulsory modules:
Introduction to Computing Technologies, Core
Skills, Internet 1, Computer Programming (Java),
Networking Basics.
JOB PROSPECTS
The topics taught on this course are no longer
considered just 'big-company' technologies. Now,
small and medium-sized concerns have to use
computer technologies in their business
operations. Your flexibility and range of skills will
make you particularly attractive to these
companies.
contents
<
>
quit
90
Computing
Creative Technologies
UCAS Code
JW99 BSc/CT (3 years full-time).
JWX9 BSc/CT35 (3.5 years fulltime including HND).
JWY9 BSc/CT4 (4 years full-time
99JW HND/CTech (2 years fulltime).
Duration
Available as
Single Honours/HND.
Start Dates
September.
Typical Offer
BSc (Hons) only - 200 UCAS
points or equivalent. HND only 80 UCAS points or equivalent.
ABOUT THE COURSE
The Creative Technologies degree is designed to
provide you with the broad range of skills and
knowledge needed for employment in the digital
media industries. Applicants will be able to select
modules from the creative technologies group
of courses to construct a personalised learning
programme customised to their own particular
interests and career aspirations.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
Computer Games Design
This area focuses on the artistic aspects of games
design enabling you to develop computer models
for players, backgrounds, scenarios, narratives and
sound for games play.
Special Effects Design
You will be able to create and implement a
comprehensive range of special effects from
pyrotechnics to computer generated imagery for
films, television, computer games and audio/video
presentations.
Multimedia and Website Development
You will be able to create interactive web and
multimedia materials incorporating graphics,
animation, video, sound, virtual reality, e-commerce,
databases, etc. using appropriate design packages
and relevant scripting/programming languages.
Sound Engineering and Design
Tuition is delivered in close partnership with key
industry players and you will have access to well
equipped laboratories with industry-standard
sound recording studios, analogue and digital
equipment, high-end software and IT facilities, as
well as mixing, recording and post production.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
You select appropriate modules from the above
areas at each of the three levels. See the individual
course details for the available modules.
The department has a long-established reputation
for close links with industry and seeks to make
its courses relevant to the needs of industry and
commerce. Full-time and part-time students will
also be given the opportunity to undertake shortterm work placements and industry sponsored
projects.
SPECIAL FEATURES
The Creative Technologies degree is “skills rich”.
Extensive use is made of laboratory work, design
exercises, projects and practical assignments.
You will acquire the necessary vocational skills
to pursue a career in the digital media industry,
together with a range of transferable key skills
including communications, analytical reasoning,
interpersonal, self-management and lifelong learning.
The course also develops your abilities to analyse,
evaluate and resolve problems.
JOB PROSPECTS
Graduates may be employed by a variety of multidisciplinary practices, computer games production
companies, multimedia/new media firms, TV/radio
broadcasters, Independent recording studios
or as Freelance Designers/Engineers. They may
seek employment as Audio Engineers, Studio
Designers, Sound Designers, Production Mixers,
Sound Recordists, Special Effects Designers and
Technicians.
contents
<
>
Depending on the modules taken, students will
have the opportunity to study for vendor specific
awards such as vocationally recognised qualifications
in Digidesign’s ProTools and Steinberg’s Cubase.
Development.
• BSc (Hons)/HND Games Design.
Development.
• BSc (Hons)/HND Special Effects Design.
• FdSc Sound Engineering & Design.
quit
Computing
91
Games Design
UCAS Code
G613 BSc/GD (3 years full-time).
G441 BSc/GD35 (3.5 years fulltime including HND).
G442 BSc/GD4 (4 years full-time
24WG HND/GD (2 years full-time
HND).
Duration
Available as
Single Honours/HND.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
Charlotte Cook
HND Games Design
“Games design has always
been a keen interest of mine,
so I chose the University of
Bolton because of the facilities
and tutors, all of which are
great.”
ABOUT THE COURSE
The University of Bolton was one of the first in
the country to offer a games-based course. Our
Computer Games Software Development
programme is one of the most popular in the UK.
We have a large number of staff who are
passionate about games and dedicated to
teaching the subject. Our Games Design course
complements our other programmes, and you will
benefit from working alongside our more
technical students.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
JOB PROSPECTS
The themes of the programme are: Content
Production, Platforms and Technologies, Games
Production, Games Analysis and Games Design,
Testing, Usability and Playability, Sales and
Marketing. The focus is team-based projects, with
regular critique sessions with your peers and with
members of the Games team.
We envisage that as a successful graduate you will
have a good chance of employment in the games
industry, but will be able to find work in many
different creative industries.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
• BSc (Hons) Computer Games Software
Development.
• BSc (Hons)/HND Special Effects Development.
Sample modules:
1 Simple Level Design, Games History, 3D
Character Design, Games and Literature.
2 Level Design II, Games Narratives, Sound
Processing and Design.
3 3D Scene Creation, Cultural Perspectives on
Games, Games Marketing.
You will have developed your creative abilities in a
subject that you enjoy. You will also have learned
to work under pressure and in teams.
SPECIAL FEATURES
You will benefit greatly from our intensely
practical approach to games design. Each week
you will develop your abilities in a whole range of
techniques. The critique sessions will help you to
develop your ideas and your ability to implement
them, and are a major feature of this course.
• Practical approach.
• Well-equipped labs, including PS2s,
GameCubes and XBoxes.
• Enthusiastic staff who actually play games!
• Innovative team-based approach.
• The USERlab.
contents
<
>
quit
92
Computing
Internet Communications & Networks
UCAS Code
G422 BSc/ICN3 (3 years full-time).
G423 BSc/ICNet (3.5 years fulltime including HND).
G424 BSc/ICN4 (4 years full-time
laboratories and backed up within the
department by significant investment in modern
computing and multi-media facilities.
Duration
The modular nature of this course allows students
to progress from a general introduction in the
first year through to increasing specialisation in the
final year. A background in communications
prepares students to understand technologies in
growth areas such as wireless networking, mobile
communications and voice/data integration.
Elements of Internet usage, technologies and
application development permeate many of the
modules across all levels of the course.
Available as
Single Honours.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
Matthew Cox
BSc (Hons) Internet
Communications & Networks.
“The facilities available to us
are state of the art and we
are able to choose from a wide
range of subjects.”
ABOUT THE COURSE
This course is your passport to an exciting career
in a fast growing and lucrative area of high
technology. Students will gain experience with a
variety of industry-standard hardware and
software. Graduates will find themselves
immediately able to make a valuable contribution
in the work environment.
Most of the modules on this course are delivered
through the University’s e-learning environment
which enables students to study at their own
pace and many of the computing facilities can be
accessed across the Internet from home so that
students may work on their assignments
whenever and wherever they choose.
The course is supported by an extensive range of
hardware accessed from our Networks
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
computer systems and network infrastructures.
You will have received practice based education
within CISCO accredited laboratory facilities. Our
practical approach ensures you will graduate with
sound hands-on experience with leading edge
technologies and products, and the course
materials aim to give you a broad understanding
of a wide range of computer networks.
SPECIAL FEATURES
• Well established, practical and broadly based
course introducing a wide range of
technologies and backed up by excellent
contents
<
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Level 1
Computer Programming (Java), Internet 1,
Network Operating Systems, Networking Basics
(CISCO accredited module), Routing Basics
(CISCO accredited module).
Level 2
Networks 1 and 2, Unix, Computer Security,
Network Administration, Internet 2,
Communications 2, Network Technologies 2.
Level 3
Network Design and Integration, Electronic
Commerce, Enterprise Systems, Network
Management, Internet Security, Internet 3, Legal
and Professional Issues, Project.
JOB PROSPECTS
Graduates may choose to take employment in a
number of areas including health authorities, local
authorities, large corporates and SME’s in
positions ranging from support to network
management. Alternatively students achieving
appropriate grades may continue their studies by
enrolling on an MSc qualification.
• BSc (Hons)/HND Computing Technology.
This course will prepare you for tomorrow’s job
market where computing and communications
are merging. You will develop in-depth knowledge
and practical skills in design, implementation,
administration, and management of networked
>
quit
Computing
93
Internet Security & Networks*
UCAS Code
GG45 BSc/ISN (3 years full-time).
G428 BSc/ISN35 (3.5 years fulltime including HND).
G427 BSc/ISN4 (4 years full-time
extensive networking facilities, including a server
farm with more than 100 servers dedicated to
networks and network security teaching.
Duration
Available as
Single Honours.
Level 1
Networking Basics, Routing Basics, Internet,
Network Operating Systems.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
ABOUT THE COURSE
Computer security is a rapidly-growing academic
area. However, to study computer security
without strong technical networking expertise,
backed up by extensive hands-on experience,
would be short-sighted in today’s networked
world. By studying this degree at this University,
you will take advantage of our existing strength in
networking and our excellent laboratory facilities.
You will develop key skills in current technologies
to enhance your employment and career
progression prospects. You can also gain
professional vendor qualifications from CISCO.
The strong vocational emphasis of the course
means that you gain sound, relevant skills of direct
benefit to employers, through extensive hands-on
experience.
This course builds on strong experience with our
successful Internet Communications & Networks
degree, to which we have added four specific
computer security modules, covering host security,
server security, network security, firewalls and
computer forensics. The extensive hands-on
experience in the course underpins theoretical
study delivered through a web-based e-learning
system, which allows you to progress at your own
pace, wherever you choose. The department has
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Level 2
Switching Basics, WAN Technologies, Wireless
LANs, Computer Security, Computer Forensics,
Network Administration.
Level 3
Firewalls, Internet Security, Network Security,
Legal and Professional Issues, Project.
JOB PROSPECTS
As a graduate, you may choose to take
employment in a number of areas, including
health authorities, local authorities, large
corporates and SME’s, in positions ranging from
support to network management. Alternatively,
you may seek to leverage successful completion
of your CISCO CCNA curriculum and go on to
study an MSc built around the CISCO CCNP
curriculum.
SPECIAL FEATURES
Incorporates no less than three courses from the
CISCO Networking Academy Program’s suite of
curriculum covering both networking and security.
Particularly attractive to employers due to the
contents
<
Computer security and computer networks are
major growth areas where skills shortages are
already apparent. This degree is designed to give
you the practical skills and knowledge needed to
be immediately productive in the areas of
networking and computer security. Through
working with up-to-date networking hardware in
a laboratory environment, you can simulate real
life situations, synthesise solutions and explore
leading-edge technologies, safe in the knowledge
that they cannot disrupt production networks.
This allows you to bring valuable expertise and
experience to potential employers, which you can
back up by vendor certification. This is invaluable
in a subject area where practical experience and
vendor accreditation are crucial.
When you successfully complete the CISCO
CCNA curriculum, you are eligible to earn
CISCO Certified Network Associate (CCNA™)
certification by completing the CCNA exam. The
Wireless LAN module will prepare you to
achieve the CISCO Wireless LAN Support
Specialist designation. The Panduit Network
Infrastructure Essentials (PNIE) course is designed
to prepare candidates for the Panduit Authorised
Installer (PAI) certification.
Networks.
• BSc (Hons) Internet Systems Development.
>
quit
94
Computing
Internet Systems Development
UCAS Code
G425 BSc/ISD (3 years full-time).
G505 BSc/ISD35 (3.5 years full-time
including HND).
G506 BSc/ISD4 (4 years full-time
including Foundation & HND.
Duration
Available as
Single Honours.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
Dana Almaydhan
BSc (Hons) Internet
Communications & Networks.
“The academic staff are
supportive and friendly, and the
facilities are really good.”
Design 1 & 2, Networking Basics, Core Skills, Visual
Programming 1, Computer Systems Architecture.
Level 2
Networks 2, Database Theory and Practice,
Human Computer Interaction, Developing
Internet Applications, Object Orientated Methods
1,Visual Programming 2.
• BSc (Hons)/HND Computing.
Networks.
Level 3
Client Server Solutions, Web and Systems Based
Programming, Project, Advanced Database
Systems, Software Engineering, Internet Security, ECommerce Systems.
Computing graduates are in short supply, so
career prospects are very good in programming,
web page development and systems analysis.
Typical employment includes website
programming, technician posts, network support,
computer support and database design.
SPECIAL FEATURES
ABOUT THE COURSE
Many business organisations are calling for well
qualified professionals capable of integrating
website development with commercial activity.
This course is tailored to individuals wanting a
career in the field of computing and web
development. Core modules cover the essential
aspects of computing on the Internet, whilst
option modules allow you to tailor your degree,
within these fields, to areas of your own
preference.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Level 1
Introduction to the Internet, Programming and
There is an emphasis on designing and
programming for the web in the context of a
solid foundation of computing theory and
practice.
employers in developing software for Internet
systems.
JOB PROSPECTS
You will develop skills in general computing
principles, programming, databases and developing
web applications. Specific skills include
programming, creation of web pages, web design
and development, database design and
implementation, internet security and ecommerce.
contents
<
>
quit
Computing
95
Multimedia & Website Development
UCAS Code
G452 BSc/MWD (3 years full-time).
G456 BSc/MWD35 (3.5 years fulltime including HND).
G453 BSc/MWD4 (4 years full-time
254G HND/MWD (2 years fulltime).
Duration
Available as
Single Honours/HND.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
ABOUT THE COURSE
These courses offer an ideal opportunity to
participate in the world’s newest and fastest
growing technology. Demand for graduates able
to design, develop and implement high-quality
multimedia material, particularly for use on the
Internet, is increasing rapidly. All aspects of
multimedia and website development are
covered, with special emphasis on the acquisition
of appropriate practical skills, an understanding of
the associated technologies and analysing the
requirements of business and users. The mix of
technical, design and business expertise gained
through these courses will help to give you the
skills needed for the multidiscipline teams that
create modern digital media products.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
You will be able to create interactive multimedia
material incorporating graphics, animation, video,
audio, virtual reality, e-commerce and databases,
using appropriate design packages and relevant
scripting/programming languages. You acquire
supporting skills in operating, managing and
administering computer systems, networks and
applications software.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Level 1
Digital Media, Creative Design, Website
Production, Programming for the Web, Computer
Networks, Games Design & Level Design,
Introduction to Visualisation.
Level 2
Computer Sound Processing, Digital Imaging and
Video, Multimedia and Website Design, Unix,
Database Theory and Practice, Human Computer
Interaction.
Level 3
Enterprise Systems, Electronic Commerce,
Multimedia Project Development, Virtual
Environment Technology, Internet Based
Computer Games, Multiplatform Applications,
Business Issues of Digital Media.
digital multimedia including the World Wide Web,
CD-Rom, DVD, Interactive Digital Television and
mobile phones.
• State-of-the-art teaching facilities.
• Industrial links.
• Growing service industry.
JOB PROSPECTS
From small specialist companies offering design
and consulting services through to medium and
larger companies, creating in-house web
departments, there are many career options
available in the Internet industry. The course will
give you complete and comprehensive training to
market your skills in all of these career areas.
contents
<
• BSc (Hons) Special Effects Development.
Development.
The development and use of the Internet has
been spectacularly impressive. In the two months
before Christmas 2004, it was predicted that £1.5
billion would be spent online in the UK alone – in
an area that did not exist just over a decade ago.
Worldwide career opportunities exist for those
able to design and develop multimedia material.
SPECIAL FEATURES
You will develop skills in creative as well as
analytical thinking that will enable you to be a fully
contributing member of modern multimedia
development teams. You will be exposed to the
various platforms that can be used to deliver
>
quit
96
Computing
Sound Engineering & Design Foundation Degree
FdSc Full-time/Part-time
UCAS Code
J930 FdSc/SED (2 years full-time).
Duration
2 years full-time.
3 years part-time.
Available as
Single Subject.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
including a music or technology
subject plus 5 GCSE subjects at
grade C or above including Maths
and English. Applicants will be
required to attend for interview.
Additional Costs
Pro Tools training manuals by
Digidesign.
Location
The University of Bolton and
The School of Sound Recording,
Manchester - www.s-s-r.com.
ABOUT THE COURSE
The University of Bolton and The School of
Sound Recording in Manchester have formed a
partnership to produce and deliver the
Foundation Degree. This provides a unique
learning environment combining practical
experience and expertise with appropriate
academic theory. You will use industry-standard
equipment essential for a career in this
fast-moving media field. Studios are well equipped
with analogue and digital systems, state-of-the-art
software and IT facilities, in fact everything
necessary for the recording, mixing and
post-production of any audio project.
Finally, provision is available for those students
who successfully complete the Foundation
Degree to continue studying towards the award
of BSc (Hons) in Creative Technologies. This
would normally take a further two or three
semesters of full-time study.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
The Foundation Degree in Sound Engineering and
Design is “skills rich”. It includes those vocational
skills necessary to pursue a career in the audio
and related industries. Recognised, key transferable
skills are also embedded in the course. These
include written and presentational skills, analytical
reasoning, inter-personal skills and selfmanagement. You will also develop your ability to
analyse, evaluate and resolve problems. In addition,
we believe that you should appreciate the need
for lifelong learning and personal development
planning. Consequently, these concepts are also
presented during the Foundation Degree.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
The following modules are core (essential) on the
Foundation Degree:
Sound in Context; Electronic Music: Theory and
Practice; The Science of Sound and the Recording
Chain; Studio Techniques; Introduction to Synthesis
and MIDI; Digital Sound Production; Postproduction Techniques; Studio Design; Electronic
Composition; A work-based project.
In addition there are some optional modules
available in the second year. These optional topics
are developed further by those students
continuing beyond the Foundation Degree to
complete the BSc (Hons) degree in Creative
Technologies.
Because of the uniquely vocational emphasis of
this Foundation Degree, after successfully
completing the course you will have the necessary,
industry-specific skills to enter full-time
employment in this field.
SPECIAL FEATURES
One of the distinctive features of the Foundation
Degree in Sound Engineering and Design is the
work-placement content undertaken in a
commercial, audio-engineering environment.
Because the Manchester-based School of Sound
Recording has a commercial recording-studio
division, students can undertake the work-based
element of their course on-site with bands and
other clients wishing to make professional-grade
recordings.
contents
JOB PROSPECTS
Career opportunities exist in many areas of sound
production. You may decide to become an audio
engineer, a studio designer, a sound designer, a
production mixer, a sound recordist, a music
editor, a music technician or even a Foley artist.
Employment opportunities exist in TV and radio
broadcasting, recording studios, multi-media and
new media firms, film and computer games
production companies.
<
>
quit
In addition to studying for the award of
Foundation Degree in Sound Engineering and
Design, during the course you will also have the
opportunity to be assessed for the internationally
recognised qualifications devised by Digidesign, see
http://www.digidesign.com/. This certification is for
competence in the use of their highly-regarded,
industry-standard recording system Pro Tools.
There are a number of levels of qualification to
which you may wish to proceed.
• BSc (Hons)/HND Creative Technologies.
Computing
97
Special Effects Development
BSc (Hons)/BDes (Hons)/HND Full-time
UCAS Code
W614 BSc/SFX (3 years full-time).
W617 BSc/SFX35 (3.5 years fulltime including HND).
W616 BSc/SFX4 (4 years full-time
64WG HND/SFX (2 years fulltime).
W619 BDes/SFX3 (3 years fulltime).
W618 BDes/SFX (4 years full-time
Duration
Available as
Single Honours/HND.
Start Dates
September.
Typical Offer
BSc (Hons) & BDes (Hons) - 200
UCAS points or equivalent. HND
only - 80 UCAS points or
equivalent.
ABOUT THE COURSE
These new courses have been designed to meet
the needs of the rapidly growing Special Effects
industry, which in 2003, according to the UK Film
Council, contributed nearly £1.4 billion to the UK
economy. Covering a wide range of areas from
Computer Generated Imagery (CGI) to effects
model making and pyrotechnics, these courses
have a large practical element, with students
working in multi-year teams on real Special Effects
projects.
This course currently has an optional foundation
access scheme in operation. This scheme is
designed to encourage people without normal
entry qualifications to gain access to diploma and
degree courses.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
JOB PROSPECTS
These courses give you the chance to develop a
portfolio of work, gain experience and develop
your skills in teamwork and project management.
In addition they offer the chance to study in
various academic disciplines, including Computing,
Product Design, Materials Engineering, Audio
Engineering and Creative Design. The course is
made up of modules covering various aspects of
designing and making models/sets, and the use of
digital compositing, animation and Computer
Generated Imagery to create visual effects used in
film, TV and commercials.
The courses have been specifically designed to
meet the needs of the industry. You may
undertake work placements, ranging from one
month to twelve months, with a regional visual
effects studio, working on commercial projects
and at the same time, being supervised and
mentored to deliver final end-of-year projects. The
pathway equips you for business careers in the
areas of film, commercials and television visual
effects production.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
To enable our students to have valid input into
the projects they will be involved in during their
careers we have consulted with industry about
the content and structure of the course. This has
led us to create a module diet which includes
those below. Please note that both BSc and BDes
students take approximately 80% of these
modules with the remaining 20% being dependent
on the choice of Degree route:
Level 1
Core Skills, Introduction to Visualisation, Career
Development, Visual Studies 1, Multi Year Project,
Media Production, Programming and Design 1.
Level 2
Visualisation 2, Multi Year Project, Special Effects
Modelmaking 1, Video Effects Production, Turbo
Project, SFX Specialisation, Make Up for Special
Effects, History of Visual Effects, Animatronics,
Pyrotechnics, Sound for Multimedia and Games.
Level 3
Special Effects Modelmaking 2, Final Year Project,
Advanced Visualisation Techniques,
‘Bigature’ Model Making, Business Issues of Digital
Media.
contents
SPECIAL FEATURES
Due to the variety of skills areas within the
course, during all levels of the course you will
have the opportunity to develop skills in either a
technical or more creative manner. The options
chosen determine whether you are awarded a
BSc or a BDes in the subject.
We have dedicated departmental facilities as well
as access to the University’s resources in this area
including:
• Purpose-built Design Studio with rapid
prototyping and 3D scanning facilities.
• Dedicated Digital Media studio with Chroma
Key facilities.
• Dedicated modelling workshops.
• Pyrotechnical expertise.
• Specialist visualisation modules.
• Animatronics design.
• BSc (Hons) Multimedia & Website
Development.
• BSc (Hons) Creative Technologies.
• FdSc Sound Engineering & Design.
• BSc (Hons) Computer Aided Product Design.
• HND Design and Technology.
<
>
quit
98
Education
Education Studies BA (Hons) Combined Honours Pathway
99
Professional Development in Education BA (Hons)
100
Postgraduate Certificate in Education/Certificate in Education:
Further, Higher and Adult Education including the following pathways:
Generic, Adult ESOL, Adult Literacy and Adult Numeracy
101
contents
<
The teacher training courses are subject to major revisions for September 2007.
Please check the current situation directly with the Education Department.
>
quit
Education
99
Education Studies (Combined Honours Pathway)
UCAS Code
codes linked to Combined Subjects
Duration
3 years full-time.
Available as
Joint Honours.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
Helen Woolridge
PGCE Further, Higher and
Adult Education.
“I really enjoyed my placement
because it allowed me to
develop my classroom skills.”
ABOUT THE COURSE
Being a Joint Honours programme, this course
engages you in studying education from a variety
of perspectives and offers an opportunity to
combine Education with a partner subject of your
own choosing.
This course, combined with work experience
placements in an educational setting, allows direct
access onto appropriate PGCE/teacher training
programmes.
SPECIAL FEATURES
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
Skills such as social research methodology will be
developed, with a focus on the analytical skills
used to develop an understanding of the political,
cultural, economic and historical factors that
shape education today. Key skills in ICT, oral
presentation and data analysis are also included.
Learning is through a mix of formal sessions,
tutorials and guided study/research. Assessment is
through case studies, essays, oral presentation and
portfolios. There are no examinations.
You will have the opportunity to work alongside
specialists and researchers in vocational education
and have the opportunity to undertake at least
one work placement in an educational setting,
such as a school or college.
• You can combine this subject with other
pathways to tailor a modular degree to suit
your interests.
• Friendly atmosphere.
• Study with students from a variety of
backgrounds.
• Opportunity to gain valuable work experience.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Level 1
Issues in Educational Theory and Practice (core),
Approaches to Learning (core), and History of
Education (core).
Level 2
Research and Policy Developments in PCET
(core), Placement (core) and one from: The
Politics of Difference, Change in Education:
Technology and Other Significant Influences.
Level 3
Three from: Inclusive Education, Management in
Education, Mentoring in Education, Vocational
Curriculum, Gender, Education and Work and a
Dissertation.
contents
<
>
JOB PROSPECTS
Teaching, combined with an appropriate subject,
or a PGCE for primary, secondary, further or
higher education may be a suitable progression
route. If you were born after 1 September 1979,
and you wish to teach primary or key stages 2/3,
you will also require GCSE grade C or above in
Science. Please refer to the Teacher Training
Agency website.
If you eventually wish to gain QTS it is also
important that you check with potential PGCE
course providers that the partner subject chosen
will allow you entry onto those courses. You may
also go on to complete Masters degrees in areas
related to your degree.
quit
100 Education
Professional Development in Education
Duration
2 years full-time
Start Dates
Available as
Single Honours.
Typical Offer
Certificate in Education and,
preferably, experience in postcompulsory education or training.
Applicants with other qualifications
will be judged on individual merit.
Open University credit points may
be considered if the study has been
in a relevant subject.
ABOUT THE COURSE
As a practising teacher, you will get opportunities
on this course to exchange ideas and reflect on
your professional development through meeting
and studying with other qualified teachers. If
you are a qualified teacher and want to extend
your qualifications in education, then this degree
course would be suitable for you. It allows you
to develop a critical and analytical approach to
educational theory through application to your
own practice.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
You develop skills in social research methodology,
academic writing and the use of ICT for
education. Undergraduate study skills, such as
Harvard referencing, essay planning, presentation
and data analysis, are embedded in all the Level 1
modules. Other general skills developed include
teamwork, social interaction, organisation and
time management. Learning is through a mix
of formal sessions, tutorials and guided study/
research. Assessment is through case studies,
essays, oral presentation and portfolios. There are
no examinations.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Level 1
Research and Reflection for Professional
Development 1, Approaches to Learning and
History of Post-compulsory Education.
Level 2
Development 2,The Politics of Difference, Change
in Education: Technology and Other Significant
Influences.
Level 3
Three from Dissertation (equal to two modules),
Development 3, Inclusive Education, Management
in Education, Mentoring in Education, Vocational
Curriculum, Gender, Education and Work and
Management case study.
Most students will already be teaching, but the
degree is a form of continuing professional
development and could be a stepping stone to
career progression.
SPECIAL FEATURES
You are required to undertake a dissertation
(research or longitudinal study of your own
practice) towards the end of the course, which is
usually supported by a curriculum specialist from
your own field.
• Holders of a Certificate in Education are
exempt 60 points at Level 1 and 60 points at
Level 2.
• Study with fellow professionals.
• Study with students from a variety of
backgrounds.
JOB PROSPECTS
This degree allows teachers with vocational
experience and expertise to gain academic
recognition, which may enhance career
progression and development in education and
related work, such as human resources and
training. Successful completion of an Honours
degree will allow for progression to Masters level.
contents
<
>
quit
Education 101
Postgraduate Certificate in Education/Certificate in Education:
Further, Higher and Adult Education including the following pathways –
Generic, Adult ESOL, Adult Literacy and Adult Numeracy∞
PGCE/CertEd Full-time/Part-time
Duration
1 year full-time.
2 years part-time.
Available as
Single Subject.
Start Dates
September.
Typical Offer
You are normally expected to have
relevant employment experience
and, in addition, possess ONE of
the following qualifications, which
must be appropriate to your
proposed areas of teaching:
PGCE - recognised first degree
relevant to the proposed teaching
subject(s).
Certificate in Education - HND/C,
or CGLI Advanced Craft
Certificate, or OCR Advanced
qualifications, or NVQ Level 3 in an
appropriate equivalent subject, or
technical/commercial qualification
relevant to the proposed teaching
subject.
Location
University of Bolton or at one of a
number of partner colleges, both
full and part-time.
ABOUT THE COURSE
Our Education Department is the second largest
provider of post-compulsory training for Further
and Higher Education in the country. We have a
diverse team with a wealth of experience of
teaching both in the post-compulsory sector and
teacher training. We are involved in a number of
national research projects and Teacher Training
projects in Bahrain, China and Turkey. The PGCE/
Certificate in Education (Further, Higher & Adult
Education) is SVUK-endorsed, which means that
those qualifying are deemed to be qualified FE
teachers.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
The course will equip you to be an effective
teacher in the classroom, as well as providing you
with the skills and knowledge to work in the postcompulsory sector of education. Teaching
placements are arranged for full-time pre-service
students in situations which meet the
requirements laid down by the DfES for becoming
a qualified FE teacher. If you wish to study by the
part-time (in-service) route, you must have
appropriate teaching class contact hours in the
post-compulsory sector.
contents
<
>
SPECIAL FEATURES
The specialist routes, Adult Literacy, Numeracy,
and ESOL, lead to a Level 4 specialist qualification
combined with a PGCE/CertEd. This can be
studied on a full or part-time basis.
Training bursaries of £6000 (£7000 for maths and
listed science subjects) tax free may be available
for the full-time programmes (subject to meeting
eligibility requirements and continuance of the
scheme by the DfES).
• The Education Department was reviewed by
the QAA in 2000 and rated excellent, receiving
the maximum score of 24. OfSTED have
graded the courses as ‘adequate’ (grade 3) in
the latest inspection.
• The University of Bolton is at the centre of an
extensive and well-established partnership of
providers of post-16 education and training.
• Eligible full-time students receive a training
bursary, subject to annual confirmation by the
DfES.
JOB PROSPECTS
These courses are designed to prepare you for a
career teaching in the post-compulsory sector.
The courses are endorsed by Standards
Verification (UK). It is a requirement that all new
FE teachers must complete an SVUK-endorsed
Teacher Training qualification.
∞ The teacher training courses are subject to major revisions for
September 2007. Please check the current situation directly with the
Education Department.
quit
102
Engineering
Aerospace Engineering HND/HNC
Automobile Engineering BEng (Hons)
Automobile Engineering HND/HNC
Automobile Technology BEng
Automotive Retail Engineering HNC
Automotive Retail Management & Engineering Foundation Degree (FdSc)
103
104
105
106
107
107
Computer Aided Engineering BEng (Hons)
Electronic & Computer Engineering BEng (Hons)
Electronic & Computer Engineering HND
Engineering Foundation Degree (FdEng)
Engineering Foundation Year
Mechanical Engineering BEng (Hons)
Mechanical Engineering HND/HNC
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
Mechatronics BSc (Hons)*
Motor Vehicle & Transport Studies BSc (Hons)
115
116
contents
<
>
quit
Engineering 103
Aerospace Engineering
UCAS Code
004H HND/AEE (2 years full-time).
104H HND/AE3 (3 years full-time
including Foundation Year).
Duration
2 or 3 years full-time.
2 or 3 years part-time.
Available as
Single Subject.
Start Dates
September.
Typical Offer
80 UCAS points including a
Mathematical, Physical Science or
Engineering subject.
contents
ABOUT THE COURSE
<
Although this is a course in its own right, it gives
you direct entry on to a BEng (Hons) course. The
course aims to train and educate you in many
disciplines related to the aerospace engineering
and manufacturing sector.
>
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
The course is designed for the senior technician
engineer or as a route to Incorporated Engineer.
The course lays down the foundations of design,
manufacture and testing of materials, avionics and
aerodynamics.
who satisfactorily complete the course choose to
continue their formal education in the form of a
degree in engineering. Opportunities are also
available for working in Europe or USA. You are
also encouraged to enter national competitions.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
SPECIAL FEATURES
In the first part of the course you will study
subjects such as: Design and Applications,
Aerospace Science, Materials and Manufacture,
Aerospace Technology, Engineering Principles. The
second part of the course follows on and covers
topics such as: Design, Aerospace Component
Design, Composites, Aviation, Aerospace Related
Project.
The department has extensive engineering
laboratories, as well as a purpose-built design
studio with CAD/M and modelling software, in
which you can carry out hands-on practical work
on aerodynamics, fluid dynamics and modern
materials.
• Dedicated engineering laboratories.
• Most modules have a practical content.
• 70% of assessment is by coursework.
• Specialist aerospace modules.
The course is specifically designed to meet the
needs of the engineering industry. Many students
JOB PROSPECTS
The course covers a wide range of aerospace
engineering disciplines and skills. You will be
trained and educated to work in an industry that
expects personnel with a broad experience of the
engineering sector. On completion of the course
you will have an approach to problem solving
which is related to the modern aerospace sector.
The course can give part exemption towards
Technician Engineer and offers further exemption
towards the Incorporated Engineer status.
• BEng (Hons) Computer Aided Engineering.
• BEng (Hons)/HND Automobile Engineering.
• BEng (Hons)/HND Mechanical Engineering.
quit
104 Engineering
Automobile Engineering
BEng (Hons) Full-time/Part-time
UCAS Code
H330 BEng/AE (3 years full-time).
H336 BEng/AuE4 (4 years full-time
including Foundation and HND).
Duration
3 to 5 years part-time depending
on the level of entry.
Available as
Single Honours.
Start Dates
September.
Typical Offer
ABOUT THE COURSE
Automobile courses have been delivered
successfully at Bolton for more than 30 years. The
course aims to educate you in many disciplines
related to the automobile industry. It aims to
develop the skills needed by the modern
automobile engineer.
The emphasis of the course is to balance the
theory and the practice. The approach of case
study, practical/laboratory work and problem
solving-based projects will be used throughout the
course.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
The course is designed for students who are
interested in design and development work
related to the motor industry. It also develops
business and managerial skills, so that graduates
can quickly adapt to a position of responsibility in
industry.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
The first part of the course covers subjects such
as: Design and Applications, Motor Vehicle Studies,
Vehicle Science, Transport and the Environment,
Internal Combustion Science.
The second part follows on and covers topics
such as: Automobile Component Design, Vehicle
Testing, Composites, Motor Vehicle Studies,
Automobile Related Project.
In the final year there is: Individual Automobile
Design Project, Motor Vehicle Studies, Vehicle
Handling and Aerodynamics, Vehicle Structures.
The course is internationally recognised. Its
multidisciplinary nature will help you to enter
many different forms of employment. Previous
graduates have secured positions of responsibility
in the motor industry in such areas as design,
testing, development and motorsport. On
completion, you may also choose to continue
your formal education in the form of Masters and
research degrees. Opportunities are available for
working in the modern worldwide automobile
engineering industry.
SPECIAL FEATURES
The department has dedicated automobile and
engine test facilities, engineering laboratories and a
state-of-the-art design studio with design, analysis
and simulation software. Staff who teach on the
course carry out current research in vehicle
crashworthiness, composite materials and artificial
intelligence, and have established a good
reputation nationally and internationally. You will
benefit from the long-time links the department
has with the automotive industry. You are
encouraged to work on live projects and
participate in the formula student competition.
• State-of-the-art design studio with design,
analysis and simulation software.
• Close links with national and international
industries and organisations.
contents
• Taught by staff who currently carry out
research in related areas, such as:
crashworthiness of vehicles, composite
materials and artificial intelligence.
JOB PROSPECTS
There are many opportunities after graduation,
since automotive products and systems are very
much demanded by the highly competitive
international marketplace. Graduates can use the
multidisciplinary knowledge of the automobile
industry gained throughout the course, or can
pursue a higher degree and research related to
the motor industry.
The course is designed to follow the route of
Incorporated Engineer status and gain
membership of Society of Automotive Engineers.
•
•
•
•
HND Automobile Engineering.
BSc (Hons) Automotive Product Design.
BEng Automobile Technology.
FdEng in Engineering.
<
>
quit
Engineering 105
Automobile Engineering
UCAS Code
433H HND/AEng (2 years fulltime).
033H HND/AuE3 (3 years full-time
Duration
Available as
Single Subject.
Start Dates
September.
Typical Offer
contents
ABOUT THE COURSE
successfully at Bolton for more than 30 years.
Although this is a course in its own right, it gives
you direct entry on to a BEng (Hons) course of
the same discipline. The course aims to train and
educate you in many disciplines related to the
automobile industry.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
engineer or as a route to Incorporated
Engineer. It lays down the foundations of design,
manufacture and testing related to engines, body
shells and interiors.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Vehicle Science, Transport and the Environment,
and Internal Combustion Science.
The second part follows on and covers topics
such as: Automobile Component Design, Vehicle
Diagnostics, Composites, Motor Vehicle Studies,
Automobile Related Project.
<
JOB PROSPECTS
The course is internationally recognised and
is specifically designed to meet the needs of
the automobile industry. Many students who
satisfactorily complete the course choose to
degree in Automobile Engineering. Opportunities
are also available for working in Europe or
USA. You are also encouraged to enter national
competitions.
The course covers a wide range of automotive
disciplines and skills. You will be trained and
educated to work in an industry that expects
personnel with a broad experience of the
automotive engineering sector. On completion
of the course, you will have an approach to
problem solving which is related to the modern
engineering and manufacturing sectors.
SPECIAL FEATURES
The department has extensive automotive
laboratories, in which you can carry out hands-on
practical work on engines, and formula Ford and
Porsche cars.
• Unique automobile laboratories.
• Most modules are automobile specific.
• 97% of students gain employment or continue
on HE courses.
Technician Engineer and membership of the
Society of Automotive Engineers.
• HND Aerospace Engineering.
• HND Mechanical Engineering.
• BSc (Hons) Motor Vehicle & Transport
Studies.
• BSc (Hons) Automotive Product Design.
• BEng (Hons) Automobile Engineering.
>
quit
106 Engineering
Automobile Technology
BEng Full-time/Part-time
UCAS Code
H331 BEng/AuTec (3 years
full-time).
H334 BEng/AT (4 years full-time
Duration
3 years full-time.
Available as
Single Subject.
Start Dates
September.
Typical Offer
including a mathematical or physical
science subject.
ABOUT THE COURSE
successfully at Bolton for more than 30 years. The
course aims to educate you in many disciplines
related to the automobile industry, and develops
the skills needed by the modern automobile
engineer.
solving based projects will be used throughout.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
interested in design and development work
related to the motor industry. It also develops
business and managerial skills, so that graduates
can quickly adapt to a position of responsibility in
industry.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Vehicle Science, Transport and the Environment
and Internal Combustion Science.
The second part of the course follows on and
covers topics such as: Automobile Component
Design, Vehicle Diagnostics, Composites, Motor
Vehicle Studies, Power Train Technology.
In the final year, there is: Individual Automobile
Design Project, Motor Vehicle Studies, Traffic
Accident Investigation, Vehicle Ergonomics.
multidisciplinary nature helps you to enter many
different forms of employment. Previous graduates
have secured positions of responsibility in the
motor industry in such areas as design, testing,
development and motorsport. Opportunities are
available for working in the modern, worldwide
automobile engineering industry.
vehicle crashworthiness, composite materials and
artificial intelligence and have established an
excellent reputation nationally and internationally.
You will benefit from the long-time links the
department has with the automotive industry. You
are also encouraged to work on live projects and
participate in the formula student competition.
research in related areas such as:
JOB PROSPECTS
since automotive products and systems are very
international marketplace. Graduates can use the
multidisciplinary knowledge of the automobile
industry gained throughout the course.
Technician Engineer and gain membership of the
Society of Automotive Engineers.
SPECIAL FEATURES
The department has dedicated automobile and
engine testing facilities, engineering laboratories
and a ‘state-of-the-art’ design studio with design,
analysis and simulation software. Staff who teach
on the course carry out current research in
•
•
•
•
BEng (Hons) Computer Aided Engineering.
BEng (Hons) Automobile Engineering.
BEng (Hons) Mechanical Engineering.
contents
<
>
quit
Engineering 107
Automotive Retail Engineering HNC
Automotive Retail Management & Engineering Foundation Degree
FdSc Full-time/Part-time HNC Part-time
UCAS Code
HN12 FdSc/ARME (2 years fulltime).
Duration
2 years full-time (FdSc).
3 years part-time (FdSc).
Available as
Single Subject.
Start Dates
September.
Typical Offer
Location
MANCAT, Manchester.
ABOUT THE COURSE
The course aims to train and educate students in
many disciplines related to the automotive retail
management and engineering sectors. Although
this is a course in its own right, it will give
students direct entry on to a BSc or BEng (Hons)
course in a similar discipline (eg: Automobile
Technology or Motor Vehicle & Transport Studies).
Work-based learning is a key element of all
foundation degrees. This course is nationally
recognised and is specifically designed to meet the
needs of the automotive retail sector. Students
who satisfactorily complete the course may
choose to continue their formal education in the
form of a degree in a management or an
engineering discipline.
Students have access to the facilities at both the
University of Bolton and MANCAT. Both
institutions have extensive engineering
laboratories and contacts with local industry.
• Earn and learn.
• Dedicated laboratories.
• Majority of modules have a practical content.
• 97% of graduates gain employment or continue
on HE courses.
JOB PROSPECTS
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
The course lays down the foundations of
automotive retail management and automotive
engineering.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
subjects such as: Vehicle Engineering, Quality,
Financial Planning & Control and Marketing.
covers topics such as: Microcontroller Systems,
Law, Recruitment Management & Leadership and
Operations Management.
contents
SPECIAL FEATURES
Students are expected to gain or continue with
their employment in the automotive retail sector.
The course covers a wide range of retail
management and automotive engineering
disciplines and skills. Graduates are trained and
personnel with a broad experience of the sector.
•
•
•
•
•
BEng (Hons)/HND Automobile Engineering.
BSc (Hons) Motor Vehicle & Transport Studies.
HND Aerospace Engineering.
<
>
quit
108 Engineering
Computer Aided Engineering
UCAS Code
H132 BEng/CAE (3 years full-time
including HND).
H133 BEng/CAE4 (4 years full-time
Duration
Available as
Single Honours.
Start Dates
September.
Typical Offer
Additional Costs
Opportunity to take a European
Study Tour.
David Keane
BEng (Hons) Computer
Aided Engineering.
“The facilities in the Design
Studio are very good and
up-to-date.”
technology influences the process. It lays down
the foundations of design, manufacture, CAD,
visualisation, 3D modelling and engineering
analysis and realisation through individual and
group assessments.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
In the first part of the course, you study subjects
such as: Ideas Generation, Technology, Core Skills,
Product Development, Visualisation and
Engineering.
The second part of the course further develops
these areas through topics such as: Design and
Development, Computer Aided Modelling and
Analysis, Materials and Processes, Live Project.
The final part of the course develops professional
level skills and practice through: Individual Project,
Computer Aided Manufacturing, Computer Aided
Analysis, Innovation, Computer Aided Presentation,
Advanced Visualisation.
ABOUT THE COURSE
This course uses the latest computer techniques
to aid the design process. The course emphasises
the design process and its interaction with the
computer in the engineering and technological
environment. A multidisciplinary, studio-based
approach is used to solve and analyse design
solutions. Opportunities are also available to work
with PCs, Macs, rapid prototyping and practical
model making throughout.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
The course is designed for students interested in
the design process, and understanding how
The course is internationally recognised and is
specifically designed to meet the needs of industry.
Attention has been given to the development of a
course that produces graduates able to work in a
variety of areas within the computer aided
engineering field. Due to the multidisciplinary
nature of the course, you can enter many
different forms of employment.
are also encouraged to enter national and
European competitions. The department has been
successful in several of these competitions in
recent years.
• Dedicated design modelling workshops.
• Purpose built design studio with rapid
• Specialist CAD/M Modules.
JOB PROSPECTS
Previous students have found work in areas such
as product development, games design, design
management, CAD, technical sales, component
design and product research. On successful
completion, you may choose to continue your
formal education in the form of masters and
research degrees.
Incorporated Engineer status.
SPECIAL FEATURES
The department has extensive modelling
workshops and laboratories and a purpose-built
design studio with CAD/M and modelling
software, in which you can carry out hands-on
practical simulation and visualisation. Rapid
prototyping and 3D scanning facilities are also
linked to various CAD and analysis software. You
•
•
•
•
•
•
HND Design & Technology.
BSc (Hons) Computer Aided Product Design.
BA (Hons) Product Design*.
contents
<
>
quit
Engineering 109
Electronic & Computer Engineering
BEng (Hons) Full-time
UCAS Code
H615 BEng/ECE3 (3 years full-time).
HH61 BEng/ECEng (3.5 years fulltime including HND).
Duration
Available as
Single Honours.
Start Dates
September.
Typical Offer
including passes in two
mathematical, technology,
engineering or science subjects.
ABOUT THE COURSE
This course leads to a firmly-established,
internationally recognised qualification that gives
access to professional positions in most areas of
modern electronic engineering. The course aims
to educate prospective professional electronic and
computing engineers so that they are immediately
useful in employment and properly prepared to
continue their professional development. Our
approach is reflected in this comment, taken from
the recent report of the course’s external
examiner:
“The [Electronic & Computer Engineering]
programmes are different to many similar courses
in that they have a much higher laboratory-based
element. Thus, students graduating from these
programmes appear to be of more direct benefit
to industry than the theoretically-based students
from other HEIs.” Dr. K.O. Jones, LJM University.
Normal entry is in September, but an access
course runs from February for entry the following
September (3.5 year route).
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
Learning is achieved through lectures, practical
work and tutorials, supported by considerable
hands-on use of computers and advanced
technical equipment. The application of ideas,
principles and techniques is emphasised by the use
of experimentation and project work, together
with relevant case-studies.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Year 1
Core Skills, The Electronic and Computer
Engineering Environment, Introduction to
Programming and Programmable Devices,
Engineering Applications 1, Applied Analytical and
Computational Methods.
Year 2
Microelectronic Systems, Microelectronic
Technologies, Management and Enterprise 1,
Engineering Applications 2, Microcomputer
Applications.
Year 3
Core: Project 3, Electronic and Computer
Engineering Design, Management and Enterprise 2.
Optional (select 2): Integrated Circuit Design,
Biomedical Electronics and Computing, Software
Engineering, Intelligent Systems and Robotics,
Computer Engineering, Microsensors.
The electronics industry offers almost unparalleled
employment opportunities and prospects to
graduates. High salaries and attractive working
environments combine with stimulating intellectual
challenges and career advancement opportunities.
A typical starting salary for a new electronics
graduate is £18k – £24k pa. Bolton’s graduates are
in great demand because of their practical
experience. Recent graduates cite the experience
gained using industry-standard facilities and the
competencies developed within the project work
as key factors in obtaining employment.
SPECIAL FEATURES
Project work features significantly at each level of
the course and is developed in a coordinated way
to lead you from a first encounter with electronic
designs to undertaking a major individual project
at Level 3. Project activity becomes the focus for
the synthesis of the diverse knowledge and skills
that are developed in parallel areas of the
curriculum.
• The course provides a high level of practical
experience.
• The department offers industry-standard
facilities.
• Worldwide shortage of electronics graduates.
• Typical starting salaries up to 50% higher than
graduate average.
Particularly attractive to employers due to the
JOB PROSPECTS
Nationally, there is a serious shortage of graduates
able to provide the electronics and computing
expertise needed across all sectors of industry.
Electronic & Computer Engineering also offers
good employment prospects internationally,
because the working language throughout the
sector is predominantly English, and the major
design support-tools use English. ECE graduates
are also highly employable in other areas,
especially in finance, business and management.
• HND Electronic & Computer Engineering.
• FdEng in Engineering.
contents
<
>
quit
110 Engineering
Electronic & Computer Engineering
HND Full-time
UCAS Code
606H HND/ECEng (2 years fulltime).
66GH HND/ECEf (2.5 years fulltime including Foundation).
Duration
Available as
Single Subject.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
Learning is achieved through lectures, practical
work and tutorials, supported by considerable
hands-on use of computers and advanced
technical equipment. The course helps to
develop those important transferable skills
which are essential for your first job, including
communication, team work, time management
and critical evaluation.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
ABOUT THE COURSE
This course focuses on the application of
technologies so that you will be attractive to
potential employers. The subject group has active
research areas and is designated by the UK
government and the EC as the Microelectronics
Business Centre and ‘Technology Transfer Node’
for the north of England. The Centre also advises
companies on how to incorporate the latest
electronic technology in products. These well
established links ensure that the course we offer
is relevant to the needs of employers and stays
up-to-date with modern technology.
Our approach is reflected in this comment taken
from the 2004 report of the course’s external
examiner:
“The [Electronic & Computer Engineering]
programmes are different to many similar courses
in that they have a much higher laboratory-based
element. Thus, students graduating from these
programmes appear to be of more direct benefit
to industry than the theoretically-based students
from other HEIs.” Dr. K.O. Jones, LJM University.
Normal entry is in September, but an access
course runs from February for entry the following
September (2.5 year route).
Year 1
Core Skills, The Electronic and Computer
Engineering Environment, Introduction to
Programming and Programmable Devices,
Engineering Applications 1, Applied Analytical and
Computational Methods, Fundamental Concepts
for Electronic and Computer Engineering, Product
Realisation.
Year 2
Microelectronic Systems, Microelectronic
Technologies, Management and Enterprise 1,
Applications Case Studies.
The electronics industry offers almost unparalleled
employment opportunities and prospects to
qualified individuals. High salaries and attractive
working environments combine with stimulating
intellectual challenges and career advancement
opportunities. When you complete your course,
you can expect to be in great demand because
of the practical experience that you gain during
your studies. Recent graduates cite the experience
gained using industry standard facilities and the
competencies developed within the project work
as key factors in obtaining employment.
SPECIAL FEATURES
Project work is central to the course and features
significantly at each level. Projects act as a focus
bringing together the diverse knowledge and
skills that are developed in parallel areas of the
curriculum.
• The course provides a high level of practical
experience.
• The department offers industry-standard
facilities.
• Worldwide shortage of electronics graduates.
• Typical starting salaries up to 50% higher than
graduate average.
• The QAA assessment rating of 20 out of 24 is
amongst the highest in the region.
• The department was awarded top grades for
‘resources’ and ‘student support and guidance’.
contents
<
>
JOB PROSPECTS
Electronics and computing are the technologies
which drive today’s world, leading to a wide
variety of careers. The course will prepare you for
a range of roles such as testing, commissioning,
sales and customer care within small to mediumsized businesses. Many graduates go on to study
for the BEng (Hons) in the same discipline to
prepare themselves for work as Chartered
Engineers.
• BEng (Hons) Electronic & Computer
Engineering.
quit
Engineering 111
Engineering Foundation Degree
FdEng Full-time/Part-time
UCAS Code
H100 FdEng/E (full-time).
Duration
2 years full-time.
3 years part-time.
Available as
Single Subject.
Start Dates
September.
Typical Offer
recognised and is specifically designed to meet
the needs of the engineering industry. Many
students who satisfactorily complete the course
choose to continue their formal education in
the form of a degree in an engineering discipline.
Opportunities are also available for working in
Europe or USA. Students are also encouraged to
enter national competitions.
SPECIAL FEATURES
ABOUT THE COURSE
Although this is a course in its own right, it will
give students direct entry on to a BEng (Hons)
course of the same discipline. The course
aims to train and educate students in many
disciplines related to the engineering, systems and
manufacturing sectors.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
The course lays down the foundations of
design, manufacture and testing of materials,
instrumentation, electro-mechanical systems and
CAD/M.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
subjects such as: Design and Applications, ElectroMechanical Systems, Materials and Manufacture,
Engineering Principles.
The second part of the course follows on
and covers topics such as: Design, Computer
Applications, Control and Simulation, Automation,
Engineering Related Project.
Work-based learning is a key element of all
foundation degrees. This course is nationally
laboratories and contacts with local industry.
• Purpose built design studio with CAD/M and
modelling software in which students can carry
out hands on practical work on computers,
robots, manufacturing simulation and modern
materials.
• Earn and learn.
• 97% of graduates gain employment or
continue on HE courses.
JOB PROSPECTS
Students are expected to gain or continue with
their employment in the engineering sector.
The course covers a wide range of engineering
disciplines and skills. Graduates are trained and
personnel with a broad experience of the
engineering sector. On completion of the course
graduates have an approach to problem solving
which is related to the multi-disciplinary nature of
the modern engineering sector.
contents
<
>
•
•
•
•
•
•
BSc (Hons) Mechatronics*.
quit
112 Engineering
FdEng Full-time
UCAS Code
See text below.
Duration
1 year full-time.
Start Date
September.
Typical Offer
The Foundation Year is aimed
particularly at students who do not
have the necessary formal
qualifications to gain direct entry
onto one of our BEng (Hons), BSc
(Hons) degrees or HND
programmes. Every application is
considered on its individual merits.
International students, whose first
language is not English, must have
an English language proficiency of
IELTS 5.0 or equivalent - see page
19. For students with an IELTS
score of 4.5 or equivalent a 4-week
intensive English language course
may be available.
ABOUT THE COURSE
The Foundation Year in Engineering is a oneyear course for students who do not have the
necessary qualifications for direct entry onto a
degree course. It is designed to provide students
with an excellent grounding in the fundamentals
of science and mathematics required to study
engineering and related subjects. It is particularly
suitable for:
• International students who have only
completed 12 years of education in school as
opposed to 13 years as in the UK.
• EU and UK students who do not have ‘A’ levels
in the appropriate subjects to study
engineering, i.e. Mathematics, Physics or a
related subject.
The Foundation Year leads directly on to any of
the following Honours degree courses:
• BEng (Hons) Automobile Engineering
(H336 BEng/AuE4).
• BSc (Hons) Building Surveying & Property
Management (KNGG BSc/BSPMf).
• BSc (Hons) Civil Engineering (H202 BSc/CE4).
• BEng (Hons) Computer Aided Engineering
(H133 BEng/CAE4).
• BSc (Hons) Construction Management
(K226 BSc/CMfy).
• BEng (Hons) Mechanical Engineering
(H301 BEng/ME4).
• BSc (Hons) Motor Vehicle & Transport Studies
(JK94 BSc/MVTS4).
• BSc (Hons) Quantity Surveying &
Commercial Management (NK22 BSc/QSCMfy).
• BSc (Hons) Textile Technology (J420 BSc/TT4).
It also provides entry onto any of the following
Higher National Diploma (HND) courses if
students prefer to complete their studies in a
further two years only:
Aerospace Engineering (104H HND/AE3),
Automobile Engineering (033H HND/AuE3),
Mechanical Engineering (103H HND/ME3), and
Design & Technology (29WJ HND/DeTe).
Successful completion of the Foundation Year
guarantees you a place on any of the above
courses.You may also be able to progress onto
the BSc (Hons) Architectural Technology,
BEng (Hons)/HND Electronic & Computer
Engineering, or BSc (Hons) Mechatronics*.
The Foundation Year in Engineering is an integral
part of the above HND or degree programmes.
You need to look at the course pages from the
above courses and select the one that appeals to
you. Please use the UCAS code for this course
on your UCAS application form. The Foundation
Year in Engineering extends the HND or degree
course by one academic year. If, by the end of
the Foundation Year, you decide you would like
to change your follow-on course to a different
one within the course list above, you will be able
to do so.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
Subjects you will study on the Foundation Year
include: Engineering Mathematics, Engineering
Mechanics, Electrical & Electronic Principles,
Thermal Properties, Information & Computing
Technology, Communication Skills, English
Language (International students only).
An English language module is provided for those
students who need to improve their knowledge
and use of English. This module runs throughout
the Foundation Year. For those students whose
English is not sufficiently fluent when they come
to the UK, we provide an intensive 4-week
course immediately before the start of the
Foundation Year.
contents
<
>
SPECIAL FEATURES
You will be taught by the same lecturers as
teach on the degree and HND programmes, all
of whom are highly qualified dedicated teachers
with many years of both teaching and industrial
experience. A key feature of our teaching on the
Foundation Year, which is greatly appreciated by
our students, is the small group size. This enables
staff to get to know all students personally
and provide them with individual attention. We
operate an ‘open door’ policy which means that
students may easily call on staff when they need
support with their academic study.
• Small groups.
• Same tutors as undergraduate programmes.
• Extensive engineering laboratories.
quit
Engineering 113
Mechanical Engineering
UCAS Code
H300 BEng/ME (3 years full-time).
H301 BEng/ME4 (4 years full-time
Duration
Available as
Single Honours.
Start Dates
September.
Typical Offer
in a mathematical or physical
science subject.
Pete Robb
MSc Computer Aided
Product Development.
“I completed a BEng (Hons)
in Mechanical Engineering at
Bolton and I found this a great
basis for my current course
- an MSc in Computer Aided
Product Development.”
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
design and development work related to the
engineering industry. It also develops business and
managerial skills, so that our graduates can quickly
adapt to a position of responsibility in industry.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
The first part of the course covers:
Design and Applications, Mechanical Science,
Materials and Manufacture, Thermofluids.
In the final year there is: Individual Mechanical
Design Project, Commercial Environment,
Structures and Materials, Finite Elements.
JOB PROSPECTS
The second part follows on and covers:
Mechanical Design, Applied Mechanics,
Composites, Materials and Manufacture,
Engineering Systems.
multidisciplinary nature will help you enter many
ABOUT THE COURSE
Engineering courses have been delivered
successfully at Bolton for 40 years. The course
aims to educate you in many disciplines related to
the engineering and manufacturing industry. It has
recently been updated to ensure that it satisfies
the skills needed by the modern mechanical
engineer.
solving-based projects will be used throughout.
SPECIAL FEATURES
The department has dedicated materials and
engine testing facilities, engineering laboratories
and a state-of-the-art design studio with design,
analysis and simulation software. Staff who teach
on the course carry out current research in
vehicle crashworthiness, composite materials and
artificial intelligence, and have established a good
reputation nationally and internationally. You will
benefit from our long-term links with the
engineering industry. You are also encouraged to
work on live projects and participate in student
competitions.
Previous graduates have secured positions of
responsibility in the engineering industry in such
areas as design, testing, development and
management. On completion, you may choose to
continue your formal education in the form of
Masters and research degrees. Opportunities are
available for working in the modern worldwide
mechanical engineering industry.
•
•
•
•
contents
<
>
quit
114 Engineering
Mechanical Engineering
UCAS Code
003H HND/ME (2 years fulltime).
103H HND/ME3 (3 years full-time).
Duration
Available as
Single Subject.
Start Dates
September.
Typical Offer
including a mathematical or physical
science subject.
ABOUT THE COURSE
Although this is a course in its own right it will
give students direct entry on to a BEng (Hons)
course of the same discipline. The course aims to
train and educate students in many disciplines
related to the engineering and manufacturing
sector.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
The course lays down the foundations of design,
manufacture and testing of materials, engineering
design, engines and CAD.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
The first part of the course covers areas including:
Design and Applications, Mechanical Science,
Materials and Manufacture, Engineering Principles.
The course is specifically designed to meet the
needs of the engineering industry. Many students
who satisfactorily complete the course choose to
degree in Mechanical Engineering. Opportunities
are also available for working in Europe or USA.
Students are also encouraged to enter national
competitions.
SPECIAL FEATURES
laboratories; the purpose-built design studio with
CAD/M and modelling software. Students can
carry out hands-on practical work on engines,
robots and modern materials.
• 97% of students gain employment or continue
on HE courses.
•
•
•
•
•
covers topics such as: Design, Computer
Applications, Composites, Automation, Engineering
Related Project.
contents
<
>
quit
Engineering 115
Mechatronics*
UCAS Code
HH36 BSc/Mec (full-time).
Duration
3 years full-time.
Available as
Single Honours.
Start Dates
September.
Typical Offer
Suitable for students who have
studied the Foundation degree.
ABOUT THE COURSE
The Mechatronics course integrates the
mechanical, electronic, control systems, computers
and information systems to aid the design of
products, processes and systems. It combines the
design of physical systems with the application of
computer software. The emphasis is to balance
the theory and the practice. The approach of case
solving-based projects will be used throughout.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
interested in mechatronic products and systems,
from traditional mechanical systems, such as
machine tools, manufacturing automation, as well
as medical equipment, vehicle control
(automotive, airplanes), process and
environmental control, to artificial intelligence
(neural nets, fuzzy logic) and decision making.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
In the first part of the course, you will study
subjects such as: Engineering Principles, Electrical
and Electronics Principles, Materials and Processes.
The second part of the course covers topics such
as: Instrumentation and Control, Computer
Applications and Engineering, Mechatronics
Systems, Manufacturing Systems and Automation,
Mechatronics-related individual or group project.
In the final year: Individual Mechatronics Project,
Computer Methods in Engineering, Artificial
Intelligence, Computer Simulation and Realisation.
multidisciplinary nature helps you to enter many
different forms of employment including
engineering design and production management,
system or process design or engineering
management or technical sales. On satisfactory
completion, you may also choose to continue
your formal education in the form of Masters and
research degrees. Opportunities are available for
working in the engineering industry worldwide.
SPECIAL FEATURES
The department has dedicated mechatronic
facilities, engineering laboratories, and a
state-of-the-art design studio with design, analysis
and simulation software. Staff who teach on the
course carry out current research in vehicle
crashworthiness, composite materials and artificial
intelligence, and have established a good
reputation nationally and internationally.
• Dedicated mechatronic facilities and
engineering laboratories.
contents
<
JOB PROSPECTS
since mechatronic products and systems are very
international marketplace. As a graduate you can
use your multidisciplinary knowledge and skills in
mechanical, electronic, control, computing, IT, and
product and system design and development.
Graduates can be employed in many different
industries and sectors, especially those which
involve mechatronic technology.
•
•
•
•
>
quit
116 Engineering
Motor Vehicle & Transport Studies
UCAS Code
KJ49 BSc/MVTS (3 years full-time).
JK94 BSc/MVTS4 (4 years full-time
Duration
Available as
Single Honours.
Start Dates
September.
Typical Offer
ABOUT THE COURSE
This course is offered by a department with a
long-standing reputation for delivering high-quality
transport-related courses of a vocational nature.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
The course covers three elements of the
transport industry: Technical, Operational and
Management. It covers all the modes of transport,
but at Levels 1 and 2 it focuses on Motor Vehicle.
The course content is strongly integrated
between each level, so that modules studied at
Level 1 will be further developed at Levels 2 and
3. As an example, Resource Control at Level 1
provides the understanding of techniques that are
applied in the Transport Operations module at
Level 2, which are then further evaluated in the
Transport Studies module at Level 3. This
provides a thorough understanding of the
operations of a typical company in the transport
industry. A similar approach is used to develop
the technical and managerial issues.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
such as: Motor Vehicle Studies, Design and
Applications.
these areas through topics such as: Transport and
the Environment, Motor Vehicle Studies, Vehicle
Testing & Data Logging, Transport Focused Group
Project.
level skills and practice through: Individual
Transport Project, Logistics and Operations
Management, Motor Vehicle Studies, Motor Sports
Studies, Transport Studies.
JOB PROSPECTS
There is a massive range of opportunities.
Previous graduates have gained positions with a
wide spectrum of employers, typically in the
aerospace industry, transport consultancy, motor
vehicle manufacture or logistics.
The course is designed to help you gain
membership of the Institute of the Motor Industry.
•
•
•
•
contents
<
The course has a strong vocational flavour and
your expectations are fulfilled through the relevant
content and the negotiated content of the project
work. Focusing on the content of the project
allows you to develop in an area that you have
identified as one which offers suitable
employment opportunities.
SPECIAL FEATURES
The course has a close relationship with a range
of companies associated with the motor vehicle
and transport industry, and benefits from guest
lectures, company visits and live projects.
• The content of the course is unique and
relevant to the market place.
• Most modules have an industrial application.
• Specialist automotive and transport modules.
>
quit
Engineering 117
contents
<
>
quit
118
English, Media and Creative Studies
Creative Writing BA (Hons)
English BA (Hons)
Film & Media Studies BA (Hons)
Media, Writing & Production BA (Hons)
Writing for Stage, Screen & Radio BA (Hons)*
119
120
121
122
123
Community Performance Foundation Degree (FdA)
124
Arts in the Community (Top Up) BA (Hons)*
125
contents
<
>
quit
English, Media and Creative Studies 119
Creative Writing
UCAS Code
W800 BA/CRE (full-time).
Duration
3 years full time.
4.5 years part time.
Available as
Start Dates
Typical Offer
ABOUT THE COURSE
The teachers here are writers and we treat our
students as writers. The course is aimed at
supporting your development as a writer. You are
encouraged to work the way that published
writers work, building an understanding of your
own creative process. We are aware of the
challenges posed by teaching a creative subject in
an academic context, and draw on our
professional experience to help you to turn your
abilities into achievements.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
How to combine your imagination with practical,
technical skill. Beginning with fiction, scriptwriting
and poetry, you learn the conventions and
techniques that contemporary writers use. Our
aim is to encourage your growth as a writer,
offering you support in learning to push yourself
towards fulfilling your creative potential.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Level 1
A general introduction to the conventions and
techniques of creative writing, as well as an
introductory look at the contexts within which
writers work. Modules include Introduction to
Writing Prose Fiction, Language and Style.
Level 2
Guided study, developing the techniques already
studied by looking more closely at the particulars
of writing. A wider view of context including the
way writers work. Modules include: The Dramatic
Story, Poetry Toolbox, The Writer as Reader, and
the Practice of Fiction.
Level 3
Supported independent study, encouraging
students to take what they have learned and to
be creative. Aimed at simulating the methods of
professional writers. Modules include
Screenwriting Workshop, Novel Writing and
Poetry: Form and Formalism.
JOB PROSPECTS
The course will equip you for work in literature
and the arts, and even gives you opportunities for
industry-based networking. Many of our graduates
continue their studies or go on to teach at various
levels.
• BA (Hons) English.
• BA (Hons) Writing for Stage, Screen & Radio*.
contents
The main focus of the course is to develop your
writing. We also develop your awareness of the
context of publication. While study on a course
like this cannot automatically lead to getting
published, you will learn about the working life of
the writer, and about work in writing-related
industries. The combination of creativity and
discipline is very useful in a number of areas, and
many graduates go into teaching or the further
study of writing,
SPECIAL FEATURES
The Bolton Creative Writing course leads the way
in work-related learning. Our Writing Industry
module features visits from publishers, television
and theatre producers, literary agents, and others.
Our programme of readings by visiting writers is
among the best of its kind in Britain. We offer
placements in education and with writing-related
institutions, and give students the opportunity to
edit a writing magazine, and to organise public
readings.
<
>
quit
120 English, Media and Creative Studies
English
UCAS Code
Q300 BA/Eng (full-time).
Duration
3 years full-time.
Available as
Start Dates
Typical Offer
Location
The University of Bolton.
BA (Hons) English Level 1 can also
be studied at Leigh College and
Hopwood Hall College (Rochdale).
ABOUT THE COURSE
BA (Hons) English is a versatile programme of
literary study, which introduces students to a rich
and varied range of writing in English. The course
is designed to develop those fundamental critical
skills which students require in order to progress
through their degree and also offers opportunities
for students to expand their personal interests
and forge an independent analytical voice. Our
expert and enthusiastic staff team will provide
you with the encouragement and specialist
knowledge you need to succeed in your studies.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
You will study an exciting variety of literary works
dating from the Renaissance to the present
(including some in translation). As well as giving
you the opportunity to study Shakespeare and
the Romantics, we also deliver a distinctive range
of modules covering topics such as children’s
literature, popular fiction, women’s writing, the
1890s, the Gothic novel and the short story. You
can also explore the links between printed texts
and other media, by looking at adaptation of
modern novels for film. You may choose to study
drama in performance, or opt to attend Creative
Writing modules run in the department by poets,
dramatists and novelists.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
At Level 1 you will be introduced to the work of
a number of authors including Shakespeare, Emily
Bronte, Samuel Beckett and Carol Ann Duffy, and
will develop your ability to use critical and
theoretical approaches to analyse and understand
texts. At Level 2 you will study core texts from a
range of historical periods in poetry, prose and
drama and can also choose from options in
literary theory and the short story. At Level 3 you
can select from a wide range of options (some of
which are listed above) and can study topics of
your choice through Open Study and via the
Dissertation.
English graduates learn to work independently
and with confidence. They have skills valued by
employers in written and spoken communication,
and in critical thinking. Our graduates also possess
effective organisational and time management
skills. From Level 1 onwards, student Personal
Development Plans will engage all students in the
planning and reflective processes identified as
crucial in enhancing graduate employability. At
Level 2 students can opt for one of two workrelated options catering for students interested in
pursuing a career in teaching or those who are
keen to explore other career options. At Level 3,
students can opt for a work-based learning
placement or undertake the Student Associates
Scheme within the Department.
SPECIAL FEATURES
• Level 1 programme will familiarise students
with theoretical and critical approaches to
texts, foster students’ ability to participate in
e-learning and incorporate student PDPs.
• Work-related learning opportunities at Levels 2
and 3.
• Education-related thread which runs
throughout the programme.
• E-learning opportunities for all students at all
levels.
• Strong drama-related provision running
throughout the academic programme.
• Annual programme of readings and lectures by
contemporary poets and novelists organised by
the University in conjunction with the North
West Arts Board and the Poetry Society.
• International student exchanges with European
and American universities.
• Curriculum which is driven by the research
specialisms of staff, particularly at Level 3.
• Excellent library and IT facilities.
JOB PROSPECTS
English graduates have a good record of securing
employment in a range of careers, including
teaching, general management, research and
consultancy, as well as in the publishing and
creative industries.
• BA (Hons) Creative Writing.
• BA (Hons) Film & Media Studies.
• BA (Hons) Writing for Stage, Screen & Radio*.
contents
<
>
quit
Film & Media Studies
UCAS Code
Duration
P300 BA/FMS (full-time).
3 years full-time.
5 years part-time.
Available as
and national cinemas, and undertake work-related
learning in a variety of fields. Sample modules:
Start Dates
Level 1
Reading the Screen; Introduction to Media and
Cultural Theory; Media Histories.
Typical Offer
Level 2
Core Modules: Narrative and Audiences;
Representation and Identities.
ABOUT THE COURSE
With our new single-subject Film & Media degree
we are expanding Film Studies into exciting new
areas. This new course reflects the hugely
significant role that media and film cultures play in
all of our lives. We will enable you to develop the
skills to analyse both popular and non-mainstream
texts.
Optional Modules: European Cinema;
Contemporary Hollywood Cinema; Radio Drama;
Popular Music; TV Drama.
Level 3
Core Modules: Research Project; Dissertation.
The Film & Media Studies degree explores the
extent to which moving images shape our
perceptions of ourselves and our environment.
You learn critical methods for analysing audiovisual texts of all kinds and develop specialised
work in areas of cinema, television and popular
culture that are of interest to you, guided by
expert tutorial supervision.
This degree is about ‘learning to think’ and
responding to employers’ stated needs. The
package of skills promoted and assessed are
primarily those of research, selection, writing and
expression, oral and visual communication,
problem-solving, originality and independence.
Level 1 equips you with the basic skills for
analysing media texts and introduces you to the
histories of various media forms. At Level 2
you look more closely at how media texts are
received and used by audiences, and how film and
media images inform our social lives. At Level 3
you embark on guided independent study
projects, develop specialist knowledge in genres
The skills promoted on this course are those
sought by employers in a number of career
destinations including the cinema/TV industries;
teaching; public relations; arts marketing and
administration; journalism; and postgraduate study.
•
•
•
•
•
BA
BA
BA
BA
BA
(Hons) Media, Writing & Production.
(Hons) English.
(Hons) Writing for Stage, Screen & Radio*.
(Hons) Creative Writing.
(Hons) Photography & Video.
Optional Modules: British Cinema; Animation;
Documentary and Ideology; Adaptation; Film Noir;
Authors of World Cinema; Work-Related
Learning.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
JOB PROSPECTS
SPECIAL FEATURES
You will be taught by published commentators on
media culture and theory. The course features a
regular screening programme, taking advantage of
excellent facilities in film projection and library
resources. You will meet guest lecturers from
specialist fields.
• Tutors are active, expert researchers in Film
and Media Studies.
• Many media specialisms and genres covered.
• Screenings available in top quality viewing
conditions.
contents
<
>
quit
Media, Writing & Production
UCAS Code
Duration
PWH8 BA/MWrPr (full-time).
3 years full-time.
Available as
Single Honours.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
240 points or equivalent.
A portfolio of work (a short
screenwriting sample and examples
of work in a visual medium) and
interview.
Additional Costs
specific productions and study
materials.
Heather Darley
BA (Hons) Media, Writing & Production.
“The main thing I enjoy about the BA (Hons) Media, Writing
& Production is the hands on techniques that we learn,
especially making productions, everything from writing the
script to editing the finished product.”
ABOUT THE COURSE
You will explore your creative interests in digital
filmmaking, through a programme of study
combining theory, practice and professional
development.
Skillset Screenwriting Course Accreditation
identifies MWP as a course which prepares
students for work as screenwriters in the film
industry. Graduates will also qualify for a range of
other entry level industry positions, or for study at
a higher level. The creative, intellectual and
“people” skills you will develop are highly
transferable, equipping you for work in a variety
of contexts outside the industry.
You will learn to communicate with a range of
audiences and to site your work within a critical
understanding of media institutions and practices.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
During the first half of the course, two-thirds of
your study will be practice-based (Screenwriting
and Digital Video Production) and one-third
theoretical (Film Studies). In the second half of
the course, you can choose to specialise in one
or two of these areas, or continue the same mix.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Level 1
Practical modules are: Photography and Video,
Screenwriting in Context, Media Production and
Introduction to Screenwriting. The two theoretical
modules at Level 1 are Reading the Screen and
Introduction to Media and Cultural Theory.
Levels 2 and 3
You study Screenplay, Sound and Image and
Narrative and Spectatorship.
You then choose from a selection of
screenwriting, digital video production and film
studies modules, determining your own route
through the course.
SPECIAL FEATURES
The course’s breadth and open-mindedness
derive from the diversity of our lecturers’ work,
which includes mainstream feature film
production, social activist documentaries and
experimental filmmaking, as well as publications on
Hollywood blockbusters and European art
cinema. You also benefit from guest lecturers who
are active and successful industry practitioners.
• Skillset Screenwriting Course Accreditation.
• Part of the new Screen Academy Network.
• Our broadcast quality digital equipment is
second to none in the Northwest.
Skillset Screenwriting Course Accreditation. Avid
Accreditation – awarded in recognition of the
course’s high level of provision of professional
digital video editing equipment.
Your third-year dissertation project can be a
digital film, a screenplay or other substantial work.
A work-based learning module enables you to
gain experience in a production company or
other organisation.
contents
<
>
quit
Writing for Stage, Screen & Radio*
UCAS Code
Duration
W890 BA/WSR.
3 years full-time.
Available as
Single*/Joint/Minor Honours.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
ABOUT THE COURSE
We are acknowledged as one of the leaders in
the design and delivery of this subject and this is
one of the first degrees of its kind in the UK.
This course provides key skills required by the
modern employment environment – creativity,
communication, individual initiative, teamwork, and
many others.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
This course is about writing drama - for the stage,
radio, television and film. You learn about the
demands of the different media, about writing
dialogue, creating dramatic characters, building
dramatic tension, and how to structure plays and
screenplays.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Level 1
Offers introductory modules. Here you learn
some of the basics. We do not presume that you
will have any prior knowledge of writing drama.
Level 2
You take a programme of guided study and
practice. With tutor support and guidance, you
begin to put into practice the key concepts you
have learned so far. At this level, you start to
specialise in the areas that interest you most – the
stage, radio, television or film. You write and rewrite
at least two short plays or screenplays.
Level 3
You become a member of a workshop, led by a
tutor, where you give and receive supportive
criticism to help you draft and redraft your work.
Here you write and rewrite a full-length play or
screenplay. Many students also decide to write a
play or screenplay as a dissertation.
SPECIAL FEATURES
This course is taught by professional playwrights.
The tutors have had more than 50 plays
produced professionally, on the stage, radio,
television and film. The course has close links with
the profession, and a large number of visiting
artists – actors, directors, designers, writers and
others – contribute to the course. Many students
take a work placement module with a theatre,
film, radio or television company, or with a writers’
group.
• Learn about writing with professional writers.
• Placements in theatres, film, television and radio
companies.
• Learn about the collaborative art – visits from
actors, playwrights, directors, designers, script
editors and others.
JOB PROSPECTS
Some of our students go on to become writers.
Others find employment in the creative industries,
education and the caring professions.
A number go on to postgraduate study.
• BA (Hons) English.
• BA (Hons) Creative Writing.
contents
<
>
quit
Community Performance Foundation Degree
FdA Full-time
UCAS Code
W490 FdA/CMP (full-time).
Duration
2 years full-time.
Available as
Single Subject.
Start Dates
September.
Typical Offer
All applicants will be expected to
complete an audition.
Location
Bury College.
ABOUT THE COURSE
An exciting new course which will enable you
to develop practical and profession-oriented
skills in the field of community performance. You
will learn how performance can be realised and
utilised in a variety of community settings and
explore alternative ways of using performance
to address the issues and needs of our changing
society. The course will develop your ability to
organise and deliver performance projects within
budget and to successfully seek financial support
from arts funding bodies, local authorities and
other community groups.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
The Foundation degree enables you to describe,
theorise, interpret and evaluate performance
events and turn scripts, text, scores and
documentary sources into performance. You will
learn how to research, develop and reflect upon
your role as a practitioner. The course is intended
to enhance your ability to work collaboratively
and imaginatively with other students and to liaise
effectively with relevant community groups in
developing live projects.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
The course is delivered via a combination of
practical workshops, seminars and work-related
activities.
Level 1
A general introduction to the conventions and
techniques of community performance. Modules
include Acting and Performance Studies, Jazz
Dance Technique, Writing for Performance,
Historical and Contextual Study and Devising a
Commissioned Performance.
Level 2
Modules include: Physical Theatre, Arts
Management and Small Scale Touring.
The Foundation degree will develop your ability
to work in community groups and put your
creative ideas into practice. You will acquire
performance related skills, analytical skills,
negotiation skills and communication skills all of
which are highly transferable skills that employers
need and want. The course will also equip you
with the practical and academic skills which are
required to progress onto a BA Honours Degree
at Level 3 should you prefer to take your studies
further.
• Opportunities to progress to further study for
an Honours degree.
JOB PROSPECTS
Upon completing the Foundation Degree in
Community Performance you will have excellent
evidence of your ability to work in community
groups, to put your ideas into practice and to
communicate effectively in a variety of written
and verbal contexts. You will be accustomed to
applying your skills creatively and with flexibility
and will have a heightened awareness of your role
as a practitioner.
•
•
•
•
BA
BA
BA
BA
(Hons) Arts in the Community (Top Up)*.
(Hons) English.
contents
<
>
SPECIAL FEATURES
• Visit theatres and learn through experience.
• Work with professionals in the field, and enjoy
all of the challenges and real responsibilities of
performing outside the conventional
educational context.
• Experience of working in the community.
• Learning acting and performing skills in
excellent new facilities.
• Learning about dance or writing for
performance.
quit
Arts in the Community (Top Up)*
UCAS Code
W900 BA/AC (full-time).
Duration
1 year full-time.
Available as
Single Honours.
Start Dates
September.
Typical Offer
Foundation Degree (FdA) in
Community Performance.
Other relevant evidence of
knowledge and skills at the
appropriate level may be taken into
account for direct entry into this
Level 3 programme.
ABOUT THE COURSE
We have devised a special programme so that
you can build on your Foundation degree in
Community Performance. This Level 3 Honours
programme will enable you to learn advanced
skills chosen from aspects of Writing for
Performance, Acting and Directing, Community
Studies, Counselling, Education Studies and
Psychology. You may be able to study more from
English and Creative Writing programmes by
joining students in the history and theory of
drama, or working with fiction and poetry.
This course allows you to devise a programme
that responds to your particular interests, and
offers you options and core modules.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
The University of Bolton is committed to study
with a practical and work-related element.
In order to study for the Level 3 Honours
programme, you take specialist modules in drama
and performance. You also learn more about the
concepts of ‘communities’: how they work, how
they have defined themselves and how they are
defined by others. You get the chance to study
aspects of the sociology of communities, and the
ethics, psychology and politics of social structures.
You will have an exciting opportunity to study the
creative arts at their most challenging interface
with changing and developing communities.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Most students joining at Level 3 will take six
modules chosen with the guidance of specialist
tutors. You will normally have to take two
modules concerning drama and performance, two
concerning the nature of communities and two
options from a wide range, including creative
writing, video making, IT, animation and illustration,
counselling and understanding the creative
industries. Normally, one of your six modules will
be a Dissertation or Project.
You will already have shown your knowledge and
experience of working with performance in
community settings by completing your
Foundation degree. At Honours Level 3, you will
learn more detailed academic background and
have more sophisticated skills and creative
challenges. Your mixture of group experience and
ability to communicate, together with full Honours
degree-level breadth and depth will give you
special qualities in the job market.
• Develop specialist skills in creative writing and/
or drama.
• Learn more about communities and how they
work.
• Study with professional playwrights, poets and
novelists.
• Work with advanced video and IT facilities.
JOB PROSPECTS
Many of our graduates continue their studies and
go on to teach in primary, secondary and further
education. The Foundation degree with the
Honours Level 3 ‘Top Up’ will equip you for a
range of arts and community-based occupations.
•
•
•
•
•
BA
BA
BA
BA
BA
(Hons) English.
(Hons) Film & Media Studies.
(Hons) Community Studies.
contents
<
>
SPECIAL FEATURES
You get to meet visiting playwrights, directors and
actors. You will develop a specialist focus of your
choice, providing you with a unique combination
of theory and practice, knowledge of social and
community issues, together with advanced
creative experience. You may be able to study for
a semester in Europe or the United States, or
have a work placement in the theatre or media.
quit
126
Health
Community Health & Wellbeing BSc (Hons)*
127
Community Health Care Nursing
Specialist Practitioner Courses BSc (Hons)/PgDip
128
Early Years Childhood Studies Foundation Degree (FdA)
129
Early Childhood Studies (Top Up) BA (Hons)
130
Health and Social Care Foundation Degree (FdA)
131
Health Studies BA (Hons)
132
contents
<
>
*Subject to Validation
quit
Health 127
Community Health & Wellbeing*
UCAS Code
BL95 BSc/CHW (full-time).
Duration
3 years full-time.
4.5 years part time.
Available as
Single Honours.
Start Dates
September.
Typical Offer
ABOUT THE COURSE
The course will be delivered by staff with
considerable professional experience and
academic strengths relevant to community based
work to promote health and wellbeing. They are
drawn from the combined resources of the
Department of Health and Social Studies and the
Department of Sport, Leisure and Tourism
Management. Both departments have recent
experience of community based research into
health and wellbeing and have an excellent record
of external quality assurance. For example our
nursing courses achieved the highest national
student satisfaction rating in 2005. We also have
strong links with the health service, local
authorities, community groups, and with the
leisure industry.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
You will learn a combination of academic
knowledge and practical skills in order to
participate in and manage community health
programmes in a variety of contexts. You will
develop a portfolio to relate your learning to the
development of Competencies for Public Health.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Level 1
Underpinning knowledge - Determinants of
Community Health and Wellbeing: for example
Developmental and Behavioural Determinants of
Health and Wellbeing; Business Skills and Personal
Development.
Level 2
Delivery - Promoting Health and Wellbeing in the
Community: for example Dynamics of Community
Development; Research; Social Change, Policy and
Health.
Level 3:
Management - Implementation and Management
of Community Health Programmes: for example
Collaborative Working for Health Improvement;
Policy and Strategy Development; Management
and Leadership.
contents
<
The course is designed to meet the requirements
of employers in sectors including local authorities,
the NHS, leisure industries and community based
voluntary sector organisations that focus on
health promotion and health improvement. It will
prepare you to work in a collaborative manner
with other workers and agencies and to
participate in and manage community health
programmes such as smoking cessation,
community food projects, and community
development. The course is designed to help
graduates link their skills to the current policy
agenda of ‘Choosing Health’ as part of the Public
Health workforce.
SPECIAL FEATURES
The course includes work-based learning at levels
2 and 3. There will be opportunities for shared
learning with practitioners in health, social care
and community work. An elective module can be
studied to meet identified needs in relation to
employability in the sector.
>
quit
JOB PROSPECTS
There are extensive employment opportunities in
a widening workforce to improve health and
wellbeing in diverse settings and communities.
Examples include Sure Start health programmes;
needs assessment; community health
development; working with leisure facilities to
promote health and tackle health inequalities.
128 Health
Community Health Care Nursing Specialist Practitioner Courses
Public Health Nursing/Health Visiting, Nursing in the Home/District Nursing,
General Practice Nursing, Occupational Health Nursing* and School Nursing (dual award)
BA (Hons)/Postgraduate Diploma Full-time/Part-time
Duration
1 year full-time.
Available as
Single Honours/Single Subject.
Start Dates
September.
Typical Offer
Students must have a minimum of 120
credits at Level 1 and 60 at Level 2, or
Diploma entry (120 at Level 1 and 120
at Level 2).The Level 2 credits should
normally be for recent undergraduate
studies in nursing and health studies.
A relevant first degree, with honours
classification 2:2 or above in a relevant
subject is required for entry onto the
Postgraduate Diploma. Students must
have active entry on an appropriate
part of the NMC Register as follows:
Public Health Nursing, Parts 1-8, 12-15.
Occupational Health Nursing, Parts 1- 4,
7, 12 or 13. Community Nursing in
the Home, Parts 1, 2, 7, 12. General
Practice Nursing, Parts 1, 2, 7, 8, 12, 15.
School Nursing, Parts 1-8, 12-15.
Normally one year post-registration
Primary Care Trust sponsorship or
secondment must be obtained.
ABOUT THE COURSE
The academic team prides itself on providing a
warm and supportive environment that is
conducive to your learning needs. We are
committed to enabling you to develop academic
and professional knowledge, as well as key
transferable skills, in order to become flexible,
autonomous and highly-skilled practitioners.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
This course provides specialist practitioner training
in one of the following areas: community public
health nursing/health visiting, nursing in the home/
district nursing, general practice nursing,
occupational health nursing and school nursing, as
regulated by the NMC. As a successful student, you
will have your name recorded/registered on the
NMC Professional Register.
The specialist practitioner qualification enables you
to apply for professional nursing posts with your
chosen pathway. It is envisaged that you will
progress to a specialist community practitioner
post in the NHS post qualifying.
Work undertaken for the professional qualification
will be a combination of campus based study and a
programme of supervised learning experience in a
practice setting, overseen by a specialist practice
mentor.
You work to accumulate 120 credits within the
modular structure to achieve a BSc (Hons) or a
Postgraduate Diploma.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Core Modules: Enquiry-Based Practice including
Nurse Prescribing, Principles and Practice of District
Nursing/Health Visiting/Practice Nursing/School
Nursing/Occupational Health Nursing (appropriate
pathway), Public Health and Health Promotion,
Practice Development (BSc Hons only), Leading
and Managing People (PGDip only). Plus elective
module: Family Centred Health and Social Care or
Community Public Health and Development or
Management of Clinical Care in one of the
following: Diabetes, Sexual Health, Coronary Heart
Disease, Respiratory Care, Palliative Care, Wound
Management, Tissue Viability, Leg Ulcer Management,
Minor Illnesses.
Study is either at BSc (Hons) or at PGDip level
dependant on the individual student’s credit
accumulation at point of entry on to the
programme.
SPECIAL FEATURES
Modules and community practice are continuously
assessed by submission of assignments, use of a
practice assessment schedule and the
development of a portfolio of professional
learning.
There is assessment of research methodologies
under examination conditions (PGDip students
only).The course is a 50/50 split between
University and practice setting. There is a one
week Alternative Practice allowing exposure and
exploration of different ways of working. There
are multi-professional learning opportunities, as
well as practice-based seminars with other
students and mentors, and problem-based
learning.
• The QAA Major Review completed in Spring
2005 reported commendable in all areas of
our provision.
• On successful completion, you are awarded an
academic degree and a professional
qualification.
• Tailored to meet individual learning needs.
• Post-qualifying opportunities for continuous
professional development and mentorship.
• Dual awards may be undertaken.
NMC professional award.
contents
<
>
quit
Health 129
Early Years Childhood Studies Foundation Degree
FdA Part-time
Duration
3 years part-time.
Available as
Single Subject.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
Level 3 Childcare qualification.
It is anticipated that some
applicants may not have formal
academic qualifications but will
have relevant vocational experience.
All applicants will be interviewed.
Employment or substantial
experience in Early Years sector.
Additional Costs
Some additional costs for IT
Training may be required.
Location
The University of Bolton,
Accrington and Rossendale
College, Bury College, Hopwood
Hall College (Rochdale) and Salford
College (Worsley Campus).
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
There are ten core modules:
Level 1
ICT to Support Children’s Learning, The
Developing Child, Facilitating Children’s Learning,
Inclusive Practice, Social Policy and The Role of
the Senior Practitioner.
Level 2
Developing Self-Reflective Practice, Child
Protection, Managing Sessions and Research
Perspectives.
Optional Modules: Working with Children 0-3,
Working with Children at Foundation Stage and
Early Years Perspectives for Teaching Assistants.
contents
<
This course could help you to find work in a
variety of care and education settings as an
advanced practitioner, or advance your existing
career in childcare settings and schools.
>
ABOUT THE COURSE
With an emphasis on work-based learning, the
curriculum links theory to practice in order to
create well-qualified Early Years senior
practitioners. The programme enhances skills and
competencies relevant to Early Years work
settings, as well as key skills and underpinning
knowledge.
SPECIAL FEATURES
The course offers opportunities for work-based
learning. A Practice Trainer will liaise with your
work setting to assess and develop your practice.
• Endorsed by the Early Years Sector.
• Work-based assessment.
• Teaching in local centres.
• Specialist teaching.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
After completing the programme, you will
understand the educational, emotional and social
needs of children (0-8), as well as the legislative
framework for Early Years provision. You will have
acquired the knowledge and skills to function as a
senior practitioner in differing care and education
settings. In addition, you will be able to
demonstrate competence in communication skills,
team working, problem solving and critical
reflection on your performance as a professional.
JOB PROSPECTS
There will be opportunities, on successful
completion, to transfer to a top-up degree
programme leading to an Honours Degree in
Early Years Studies, which may lead on to primary
teaching (not offered at Bolton).
quit
130 Health
Early Childhood Studies (Top Up)
UCAS Code
X311 BA/ECS (full-time).
Duration
1 year full-time.
2 years part-time.
Available as
Single Honours.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
Successful completion of a Sector
endorsed Foundation Degree in
Early Years Childhood Studies.
Location
The core modules will be delivered
at the University. Optional modules
may be delivered at college centres.
ABOUT THE COURSE
The University of Bolton has built up an exciting
partnership with six Further Education Colleges
in the region in the academic study of Childhood
Studies. The FE Colleges at Accrington, Bolton,
Bury, Hopwood Hall (Rochdale and Middleton)
and Salford all now offer its sector endorsed
Foundation degree in Early Years Childhood
Studies. This programme was designed for
those already working with children in day care,
nursery classes and as play workers and Teaching
Assistants - in the 0 to 8 age range. An important
part of the success of this programme has been
the support given to it from employers of these
Early Years practitioners. This new programme
builds on this and takes you, while still working as
a practitioner, to an Honours level of knowledge
and an Honours degree qualification. You will
need to have successfully completed a sectorendorsed Early Years Foundation degree to enter
this programme. (Please see our Early Years
Childhood Studies Foundation Degree entry for
further information.)
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
You will extend your core knowledge of early
childhood through the three core perspectives of
education, health and social policy. This core will
make up half of the work done and will be taken
by all students. The other half consists of:
1 Individual work done in an independent way,
supervised by an appropriate academic expert
in an area of your choosing to produce a
dissertation.
contents
2 Taking a taught optional course in a topic area,
for example Nursery Management, Practical
Approaches to Children’s Literature or
Learning Through Play.
<
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
This programme is Level 3 study only. Examples
of modules are: Children in the Community, Child
Development, Learning and Teaching in Early Years
Context, Development Through Play, Management
in Early Years Settings, Practical Childrens
Literature.
You will most likely be already in a job, since to
take the Foundation degree it builds on, you must
be employed in Early Years work with children.
Successful completion of this will give you more
career options.
• Provides a progression route to possible entry
into professional training in teaching, social
work, nursing and care professions.
• Provides an opportunity to develop your
academic knowledge base in childhood studies
to put alongside your vocational knowledge
base achieved in the Foundation degree.
• Allows more specialist study of childhood.
• Awarded 24 out of 24 for teaching
quality/excellent research record.
• Features some special links with local FE
Colleges.
SPECIAL FEATURES
JOB PROSPECTS
• This course provides both vocationally-relevant
knowledge and understanding, as well as
academically-relevant knowledge, so as to
achieve a balanced view of childhood.
• Enhances what you can offer in working with
early years children and helps you progress to
senior management positions in Nurseries and
Day Care Centres.
After graduation, you can look for further
challenges in your existing work, as in seeking
a more senior position or beginning to plan a
professional career in teaching.
>
quit
Health 131
Health and Social Care Foundation Degree
Duration
2 years full-time.
3 years part-time.
Available as
Single Subject.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
Students may already be in post in
an NHS Trust or working for Social
Services and may apply to be
backed by the Greater Manchester
Strategic Health Authority. Joint
arrangements will be made with
service providers to enable a full
work based learning programme.
Location
The University of Bolton,
Accrington and Rossendale
College, Oldham College, Salford
College and Hopwood Hall College
(Rochdale).
ABOUT THE COURSE
The curriculum uniquely links theory to practice
and affords career progression to the status of
Assistant Practitioner. The design of the
programme enhances skills in terms of
competencies relevant to the vocational area and
key skills desirable to undergraduates at this level.
Learning outcomes are linked to occupational
standards identified by Skills for Health and the
outcomes of the Common Foundation
programme in Nursing. You may be given the
opportunity to be credited with NVQ Level 3 in
care.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
After completing the programme, you will be able
to demonstrate that you have developed the
values and attitudes essential to good health and
social care practice, as well as underpinning
knowledge in relation to relevant theories and
their application to policy and practice. You will
also be able to demonstrate competence in
transferable skills at Assistant Practitioner level and
key skills in communication, ICT, working with
others, problem solving and the ability to reflect
on your own performance.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Level 1
Core Modules: Legal and Ethical Issues; Principles
of Care; Health, Safety and Emergency Care;
Communication and ICT; Using Evidence;
Introduction to Social Policy.
Level 2
Core Modules: Collaborative Health and Social
Care; Planning Care Delivery; Group Dynamics
and Working in Teams.
Optional Modules: Three from the following list Health, Illness and Society; Older People; Mental
Health; Care Perspectives and Practice; Health
Promotion, Challenges and Opportunities;
Cultural Diversity within the Community;
Empowerment and Advocacy; Disability and
Society; Working With Young People; Clinical Skills;
Therapy Skills; Introduction to Psychology;
Management of Longterm Conditions.
or Community Studies. A bridging module will be
offered to ease the transition where appropriate.
SPECIAL FEATURES
We offer the opportunity to ’work, earn and
learn‘ in a familiar environment, with small group
discussion and one-to-one tutorials. Teaching and
learning will be through a variety of means:
distance learning, web-based materials and
face-to-face contact. The work-based trainer, with
professional expertise in the field, will closely
support you and facilitate reflective practice.
Guidance is provided on the use of IT, library
resources and the presentation of written work.
• You are given the opportunity to work, earn and
learn.
contents
<
JOB PROSPECTS
You will be employed as Assistant Practitioner and
be able to work at a higher level in your
organisation, with a greater degree of
responsibility and status.
Students sponsored by the NHS will be offered a
post as Assistant Practitioner within their
employment on successful completion of the
programme. Students will also be offered
progression onto pre-registration nursing or social
work courses (with up to 12 months exemption
from the first year). Also, within the University,
progression is offered on to Level 3 of the
Honours programmes in Health Studies, Sociology
>
quit
132 Health
Health Studies
BA (Hons) Part-time
Duration
4 to 5 years.
Available as
Single Honours.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
Applicants must be registered
health professionals.
learning and achievement is known as APEL
(Accreditation of Prior Experiential Learning) and
is undertaken with each student on an individual
basis as part of the admissions procedure.
ABOUT THE COURSE
The team of tutors here will provide you with a
stimulating and enjoyable learning experience that
will benefit you both professionally and personally.
We are proud of our reputation for high quality
and flexible courses delivered in friendly small
class sizes.
contents
<
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
The programme of study enables you to explore
contemporary health issues from a range of
perspectives and across a range of applied topics.
Key themes and skills relevant to current health
care practice are explored in depth, with support
in matching curricular choice to your career
progression by developing the knowledge, skills
and capabilities required of a reflective
practitioner.
>
quit
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Taking into account the needs of employment
and career development, you will plan an
appropriate study programme, supported by
tutorial guidance and oversight. Depending on
your personal and professional needs and
background, you may enter and exit at different
parts of the programme, earning credit and award
to which you are entitled. Recognition of prior
learning has been an important aspect of
continuing professional development in health
professional education. The process, identification,
assessment and formal acknowledgement of prior
133
contents
<
>
quit
134
History, Philosophy, Sociology and Community Studies
Community Studies/Applied Community Studies BA (Hons)
History BA (Hons)
Philosophy BA (Hons)
135
136
137
Sociology BA (Hons) Combined Honours Pathway
Youth & Community Work Certificate of Continuing Professional Development
138
139
contents
<
>
quit
History, Philosophy, Sociology and Community Studies 135
Community Studies/Applied Community Studies
UCAS Code
L530 BA/CMS (full-time).
Duration
3 years full-time.
Available as
Start Dates
Typical Offer
Non-traditional entry route by
interview and written work.
See Entry Requirements page 181
Lisa Heywood
BA (Hons) Community
Studies.
“Doing a degree at the
University of Bolton was the best
decision I have made.
Not only have I gained more
knowledge about the world
around me and the society
in which I live, but I’ve also
discovered a new me.”
ABOUT THE COURSE
The Community Studies/Applied Community
Studies pathways at the University of Bolton
gained an excellent report by the QAA
Developmental Engagement team in May 2004.
Past and present students have testified to the
excellent quality of teaching and learning,
placement provision and pastoral care
experienced while studying for their degree.
Many employers look for people who have
transferable skills and experience of working with
individuals and/or groups - employment-related
skills. You will have the opportunity to gain these
on the course. Community Studies has developed
strong links with numerous employers and
professions within the wider community. These
links have resulted in many of our students finding
work in these areas. The knowledge, experience
and skills that you acquire will give you the
confidence to compete with other graduates for
the job that you desire.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
The Community Studies/Applied Community
Studies pathways involve a critical examination of
aspects of social issues, social policy and an
evaluation of the impact on community life. You
will develop skills such as critical reasoning,
analytical ability, social problem solving, theoretical
and conceptual thought and application of theory
to real group situations. In addition, skills such as
social research methods, fieldwork, self-expression
and motivation, communication, teamwork and
time management will be gained.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Compulsory Modules include:
Community Studies (Level 1), Welfare and Social
Policy (Level 1), Contemporary Social Issues
(Level 1), Approaches to Investigating Society
(Level 2), Independent Study (Level 3). Examples
of optional modules: Culture and Community
(Level 1), Social Inequalities (Level 1), Ethnicity
and Race (Level 2), Poverty and the Community
(Level 2), Mental Illness (Level 2), Housing
Problems (Level 3), Older People (Level 3),
Placement in group settings e.g. Youth Work
(Level 2 and 3). If you choose the Applied Route
the following are also compulsory: Dynamics of
Human Relations (Level 2), Dynamics of
Community Development (Level 2), Working with
Community Groups 1 and 2 (Level 3).
SPECIAL FEATURES
One special feature is that you have the
opportunity to gain real work-related experience
at levels 2 and 3 of the degree. This enables you
to gain knowledge, skills and competancies
enhancing your employability.
• Excellent academic and pastoral support.
• Opportunity to gain valuable work-based
experience.
• Gain insights into issues that affect people and
communities.
JOB PROSPECTS
Community Studies provides an excellent
background for careers in social work, community
work, the caring professions, youth work, local
authorities, housing, probation, voluntary agencies,
further and adult education teaching. Many former
students have gone on to complete Masters
degrees in Social Policy, Social Work and other
areas of related interest.
contents
<
>
quit
136 History, Philosophy, Sociology and Community Studies
History
UCAS Code
V100 BA/His (full-time).
Duration
3 years full-time.
Available as
Start Dates
Typical Offer
The University of Bolton. The first
18 months of the part-time course
can also be studied at Hopwood
Hall College, Rochdale.
Location
Jane Flahavan
BA (Hons) History.
“This is a very friendly place
with a good library and plenty
of room for quiet study if
needed.”
ABOUT THE COURSE
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Our History team aims to provide a stimulating
and supportive atmosphere. The curriculum
includes a wide variety of modern history areas
including international, British, political, social and
economic. The teaching staff includes experts in
British politics, British India, European diplomacy,
demographic health and urban history, and the
United States. The tutors are friendly and
accessible, the staff-to-student ratio is generous,
and most of the class sizes are relatively small.
There is plenty of time to get to know people
and to make friends among your fellow students.
Examples of the modules that you will study
include:
Level 1
Introduction to Modern Britain 1760-1820 (Core);
1848: Making History (Core); Colonial America;
The American Revolution; The Glorious
Revolution; Germany from Frederick the Great to
Bismarck.
You will be immersed in Britain’s manufacturing
and commercial heritage in one of the most
dynamic and innovative communities in Victorian
Britain. Many of our students exploit the rich
history resources available locally while studying
towards their dissertations.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
Students will learn how to assess ideas, ideologies
and values in the context of known facts and
documentary evidence. Students develop practical
skills in carrying out research and presenting
arguments. History can be studied either as a
single subject or in combination with a very wide
range of other disciplines. Popular choices include
Philosophy, Sociology, Community Studies and
English.
Level 2
Social Change since 1850; Victorian Bolton;
Themes in Irish History; Themes in American
History; Peace and War in the Modern World;
History, Historians and the First World War
(Core).
Level 3
Britain Between the Wars; The Entente Cordiale;
American Civil Rights Movements; Women in
Society; India: the Decline and Fall of the Raj; Lloyd
George: Politics and Diplomacy. You will also
write a dissertation on a subject agreed between
yourself and tutor.
A History degree opens many doors. Many of our
students go into teaching or further education,
but others join a variety of public and voluntary
services, go into management or transfer to
professions such as the law.
SPECIAL FEATURES
• Small, friendly but very experienced team
offering a wide range of topics.
• Many modules based on published research
interests of staff members.
• Small class sizes, unlimited opportunities to
participate.
• Plenty of individual guidance available.
contents
<
>
quit
Philosophy
UCAS Code
V500 BA/Phi (full-time).
Duration
3 years full-time.
Available as
Start Dates
Typical Offer
Location
The University of Bolton.
The first year of the course can
also be studied at Hopwood Hall
College (Rochdale).
Terry Hart
BA (Hons) Philosophy.
“University life is great, I’ve
made lots of friends and
become a lot more confident
and positive.”
ABOUT THE COURSE
Philosophy has been taught at degree level at
Bolton since 1968. Class sizes are small. The
course is very flexibly designed and is especially
suitable for students with families and/or work
commitments.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
You will always be encouraged to think for
yourself, to examine critically the foundations of
beliefs and to look at how language relates to the
structures of thought. You will look at
philosophical ideas such as What am I? Why be
moral? Are we free? What are the grounds of
political obligation? Can we justify the taking of
life? What ultimately exists?
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Level 1
Core Modules: Philosophical Questions, History of
Philosophy.
Option Modules: The Vanishing Self, Introduction
to Logic, Introduction to Ethics.
Level 2
Core Modules: Metaphysics and Morality,
Interpreting a Philosophical Text.
SPECIAL FEATURES
Work-based learning is available as Philosophy
options; this gives you the opportunity to learn
how to apply your philosophical skills to the
world of work.
• In its QAA assessment, Philosophy was
awarded 23 points out of a possible 24 for the
excellence of our teaching.
• All tutors are research-active, and have
numerous publications. Philosophy achieved a
score of 3a in the 2001 UK Research
Assessment Exercise.
• All classes are small-to-medium size, with an
emphasis on student participation.
Option Modules: Plato, Philosophy of Mind,
Recent Continental Philosophy, Philosophy of
Religion, Political Ideas I, Philosophy and Political
Economy.
Level 3
Core Modules: Dissertation.
Option Modules: Philosophy of Law, Aesthetics,
Philosophy of Natural Science, Aristotle,
Nietzsche, Philosophy of Language, Political Ideas
II, Work-based Learning.
Philosophy graduates go into a wide variety of
professions, as the methods of thinking that are
encouraged by studying it are significant in many
areas of work. Some graduates choose teaching.
Increasingly, the caring professions, including
nursing, expect practitioners to be trained in the
ethical implications of the decisions they have to
take. In a world of rapidly changing work patterns
and where assumptions are challenged more and
more, the critical reasoning skills you will have are
of increasing practical importance.
contents
<
>
quit
138 History, Philosophy, Sociology and Community Studies
Sociology (Combined Honours Pathway)
UCAS Code
codes linked to combined subjects
Duration
3 years full-time.
Available as
Joint/Minor Honours.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
Non-traditional entry route by
interview and written work.
Sociology offers you insight into how we function
as members of social groups, how societies
operate and how social differences based on
ethnicity, class and gender affect society.
continue to be non-randomly distributed among
the population, and whether other disciplines,
such as Psychoanalysis and Socio-biology, can
contribute to our understanding of society. There
is one core module at level 3: Post-Modernism.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
Social phenomena like crime and changing family
structure are subject to both theoretical and
empirical investigation. Theoretical courses are
used to give you the analytical skills to examine
empirical issues; for example, we learn about
Foucault’s notion of the “disciplinary society” to
examine possible reasons why more than 2
million Americans are in prison at any one time.
A good number of our students in the past have
gone on to do a PGDip/MA in Social Work, a
PGCE in Education or PhDs in areas like
Criminology. Other destinations have included the
probation service and police service. Other
students have chosen to go on to management
trainee schemes within the public and private
sector. Sociology equips you with knowledge and
skills appropriate to a whole variety of
occupations.
ABOUT THE COURSE
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Level 1
We provide you with the basic concepts and skills
that sociologists employ to understand the social
world. We look at the founding fathers of
Sociology - Durkheim, Weber and Marx – in
some depth. There are two core modules at level
1: Origins of Industrial Society and Sociology - an
Introduction.
Level 2
We look at modern industrial societies; at the
problems and difficulties associated with them.
The Problems of Modernity; Ethnic and Gender
Discrimination; Drug/Alcohol Abuse; Crime, Class
and Inequality. There are two core modules at
level 2: Approaches To Investigating Society and
The Sociology of Modernity.
SPECIAL FEATURES
• Small classes; high level of individual attention
paid to students.
• 95% of graduates in paid employment/further
study within 6 months; excellent computing
facilities.
• You have the opportunity to spend your
second year at Connecticut State University in
the USA.
• All modules will be assessed by coursework.
There are no unseen examinations.
• Teaching will usually be in small groups
supported by tutorials.
Level 3
We will assess the claims that we live in a
different kind of society, a post-industrial world
where the ills of modernity have to be seen and
approached in a new kind of way. We will also
examine why life-events, such as ill-health,
contents
<
>
quit
Youth & Community Work
Certificate of Continuing Professional Development Part-time
Duration
1 year part-time.
Available as
Single Subject.
Start Dates
September.
Typical Offer
No formal entry qualifications.
Entry by interview.
Location
The University of Bolton
(and, if partner college involved,
Castle Hill Centre, Bolton).
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
You will be based in a youth work setting and you
will be required to undertake training. You will
also study 3 modules that consist of underpinning
knowledge that will enhance your work with
young people. The modules include Working with
Individuals and Groups; Values and Development
of Youth Work; and Management and
Responsibilities in Youth Work.
ABOUT THE COURSE
The University of Bolton has well established
relationships with many voluntary and statutory
organisations and agencies within the Bolton area.
The Community Studies team has also developed
a partnership with Bolton Youth Service to
provide and deliver a programme for individuals
who wish to work in Youth and Community. Not
only will you receive training from Bolton Youth
Service, you will also be able to learn
underpinning knowledge and crucial information
regarding working with young people. There are
no exams, just practice based course work where
you will demonstrate your ability to work
effectively with young people. On successful
completion of this programme you will
automatically be entitled to progress onto the BA
(Hons) Community Studies degree.
Many employers’ look for people who have
transferable skills and experience of working with
individuals and/or groups. You will have the
opportunity to gain these. You will also have the
experience of working in a work-based
environment. In addition, you will gain academic
knowledge and skills that will enable you to gain
confidence within the area of youth work, and
you will have the opportunity to apply these to
real life situations. The experience and skills that
you will acquire will not only give you more
confidence, it will also enable you to have more
of an insight into the youth and community sector
in general.
• The remaining third of your learning will be in
a class room setting, where you will be
developing skills, knowledge, and the ability to
critically reflect on your practice.
• On successful completion of the course you
will be guaranteed a place on the BA (Hons)
Community Studies degree at the University.
JOB PROSPECTS
The Certificate in Youth and Community Work
will enable you to pursue a career in the field of
youth work.
BA (Hons) Community Studies.
You will have the opportunity to link in to and
discuss your future career with the University’s
careers service, and also have access to
employment opportunities through the careers
service.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
The aims of this programme are to enable you to
learn about young people and their personal and
social development; to build relationships with
young people in a practice-based youth work
environment; to learn about the core values in
youth work and enable you and young people to
reflect on actions and responsibilities within a
youth work setting.
contents
SPECIAL FEATURES
• You will also be learning ‘on the job’ by
applying what you have learned in class to the
real life situation of being a youth and
community worker in a youth work setting.
• The main part of your learning (approximately
two thirds) will be in practice and you will
receive training in particular skills that will
enable you to be an effective youth worker.
<
>
quit
140
Maths and Life Sciences
Biology BSc (Hons)
Environmental Studies BSc (Hons)
141
142
Human Sciences BSc (Hons)
Mathematics BSc (Hons)
143
144
contents
<
>
quit
Maths and Life Sciences 141
Biology
UCAS Code
C100 BSc/Bio (3 year full-time).
C101 BSc/B (3.5 year full-time
including Foundation).
Duration
Available as
Start Dates
Typical Offer
200 UCAS points or equivalent to
include A2 Biology or a related
subject for the 3 year full-time
route. Special consideration is
given to applicants without the
above qualifications but with
relevant work/life experience.
Minimum of 80 UCAS points for
3.5 year full-time route.This
discipline can be combined with
other subjects - see page 24.
Joanne Grime
BSc (Hons) Biology.
“I enjoy the course here at
Bolton. The tutors and the other
staff have been very supportive.
The lectures and practicals
have been interesting. I would
recommend this course to
anyone.”
ABOUT THE COURSE
Our course is broadly based in the early years,
covering the core aspects essential for a modern
Biology graduate. This leads to more specialised
provision in exciting areas of the subject, which
are supported by staff research, such as
environmental biology and aspects of molecular
biology.
We aim to develop your practical, analytical,
interpersonal and presentation skills, appropriate
for this broad scientific discipline. It is taught to
small class groups by a highly-qualified,
experienced and enthusiastic team in a friendly
and supportive environment.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
You will develop a range of subject-specific skills
and knowledge which, together with enhancement
of transferable skills and personal development,
are greatly valued by employers in a range of
career areas.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Level 1
Investigating Science, Personal Development I,
Unity of Life, Diversity of Life, Laboratory Skills in
Biology, Practical Skills in Organismal Biology,
Humans and the Environment.
Level 2
Research Methods, Personal Development II,
Practical Skills in Biomolecular Sciences, Ecology,
Behaviour and Conservation, Animal and Plant
Physiology, Practical Skills in Environmental Biology,
Placement.
Level 3
Core Project, Personal Development III.
Options (choose 4):
Molecular Evolution, Freshwater Biology and
Ecotoxicology, Primate Behaviour and Evolution,
Ecology and Conservation, Placement, Student
Associate Scheme.
Our teaching and research laboratories have been
recently refurbished, providing accommodation for
a wide range of up-to-date instrumentation.
Teaching rooms at the University are largely
equipped with state-of-the-art audiovisual aids.
The optional placement module provides an
opportunity for you to gain work experience in
an area related to your intended career. For those
wishing to enter the teaching profession, the
Student Associate Scheme provides teaching
experience which is recognised by the Teacher
Training Agency. Other opportunities for
networking with professional biologists include
field visits, both locally and regionally, and the use
of visiting speakers. There is also an opportunity
to study in the USA through our exchange
scheme.
contents
<
Our graduates have entered employment within
the health service (clinical laboratories, health
education), forensic science service, animal
charities, teaching, government bodies (Scientific
Civil Service, Environment Agency), zoo and
museum work, as well as studying for higher
degrees.
SPECIAL FEATURES
• Small class sizes.
• Teaching assessed as “Excellent” by the Quality
Assurance Agency.
• Opportunities for networking through
professional placements and field work.
• Friendly and supportive tutors.
• Very flexible entry requirements for applicants
lacking formal qualifications but who have
extensive work/life experience.
• BSc (Hons) Environmental Studies.
• BSc (Hons) Human Sciences.
>
quit
142 Maths and Life Sciences
Environmental Studies
UCAS Code
F850 BSc/EnvS (3 years full-time).
F854 BSc/ESt (3.5 years full-time
Duration
Available as
Start Dates
Typical Offer
to include a science subject or
Geography at A2 for the 3 year
full-time route. Special
consideration is given to applicants
without the above qualifications but
with relevant work/life experience.
ABOUT THE COURSE
Our course covers aspects of conservation,
pollution studies, environmental planning and
legislation, terrestrial and freshwater ecology,
and environmental management for businesses.
Through this vocationally-orientated course
we aim to develop your practical, analytical,
interpersonal and presentation skills, appropriate
for seeking employment within the environmental
field. It is taught to small class groups by a highly
qualified, experienced and enthusiastic team in a
friendly and supportive environment.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
are greatly valued by employers in appropriate
career areas.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Level 1
Investigating Science, Personal Development I,
Diversity of Life, Humans and the Environment,
Contemporary Social Issues, Community Studies,
Practical Skills in Organismal Biology.
Level 2
Research Methods, Personal Development II,
Ecology, Behaviour and Conservation, Approaches
to Sustainability, Practical Skills in Environmental
Biology, Approaches to Investigating Society,
Popular Action and Social Movements.
Level 3
Core Project, Personal Development III
Options (choose 4)
Environmental Assessment & Management,
Ecology & Conservation, Freshwater Biology &
Ecotoxicology, Housing Problems and Society,
Sustainable Tourism Management, Student
Associate Scheme, Placement.
recently refurbished, providing accommodation
for a wide range of up-to-date instrumentation.
The Professional Placement module provides an
opportunity for you to gain work experience
in an area related to your intended career. For
those wishing to enter the teaching profession,
the Student Associate Scheme provides teaching
Training Agency. Other opportunities for
networking with environmental professionals
includes field visits, both locally and regionally,
and the use of visiting speakers. There is also
opportunity to study in the USA through our
exchange scheme.
contents
<
Our graduates have entered employment as
conservation officers, environmental consultants,
planning officers, environmental health officers, and
in careers in government bodies (Scientific Civil
Service, Environment Agency), teaching, as well as
studying for higher degrees.
SPECIAL FEATURES
• Quality Assurance Agency “confident” in the
quality of academic standards and learning
opportunities.
professional placements and field work.
• BSc (Hons) Biology.
• BSc (Hons) Human Sciences.
>
quit
Human Sciences
UCAS Code
C901 BSc/HuS (3 years full-time).
C900 BSc/HSc (3.5 years full-time
Duration
3 to 3.5 years full-time.
Available as
Start Dates
Typical Offer
preferably to include A2 Biology or
a related subject for the 3 year fulltime route. Special consideration
is given to applicants without the
above qualifications but with
Mohammed Bemat
BSc (Hons) Human Sciences.
“The facilities are great and
controlled in terms of health
and safety so learning takes
place in a safe environment.”
ABOUT THE COURSE
This interdisciplinary course explores the human
species from a number of different perspectives
and aims to develop your practical, analytical,
interpersonal and presentation skills. It is taught to
small class groups by a highly-qualified,
experienced and enthusiastic team in a friendly
and supportive environment.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
are greatly valued by employers in a range of
career areas. The course covers aspects of human
biology, psychology, sociology, and leisure studies.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Level 1
Investigating Science; Personal Development I;
Unity of Life; Humans and the Environment;
Culture and Community; Laboratory Skills in
Biology; Cognitive and Biopsychological
Perspectives.
Level 2
Research Methods; Personal Development II;
Approaches to Sustainability; Practical Skills in
Biomolecular Sciences; Biomolecular Sciences;
Cognitive Psychology; Mental Illness.
Level 3
Core Project; Personal Development III;
Options (choose 4):
Molecular Evolution; Primate Biology and
Evolution; Leisure, Consumerism and Popular
Culture; Issues in Mind and Consciousness;
Sociology of Health and Illness; Student Associate
Scheme; Placement.
recently refurbished, providing accommodation for
a wide range of up-to-date instrumentation.
The optional placement module provides an
opportunity for you to gain work experience in
contents
an area related to your intended career. For those
wishing to enter the teaching profession, the
Student Associate Scheme provides teaching
Training Agency. Other opportunities are offered
for networking with professionals including the
use of visiting speakers. There is also opportunity
to study in the USA through our exchange
scheme.
Our graduates have entered employment within
the health service (clinical laboratories, health
education), the Scientific Civil Service and
teaching, as well as studying for higher degrees.
SPECIAL FEATURES
professional placements.
• BSc (Hons) Biology.
• BSc (Hons) Environmental Studies.
<
>
quit
144 Maths and Life Sciences
Mathematics
UCAS Code
G100 BSc/Math (full-time).
Duration
3 years full-time.
5 years part-time.
Available as
Start Dates
Typical Offer
(A2 Mathematics required).
Donna Grimsley
BSc (Hons) Maths and
Psychology.
“The University of Bolton is one
of the few universities offering
Maths and Psychology Combined
Honours. My studies have helped
me gain a lot more confidence,
and opened up different areas
of mathematics and statistics
relevant to psychology.”
ABOUT THE COURSE
The Mathematics degree is a well-established and
popular course which traditionally recruits a good
mix of students both full-time and part-time. The
group sizes are not large, averaging about 20
students. This, together with the care and
attention of the lecturing staff, generally results in
high achievement.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
The degree gives a broad general education in
Mathematics, with a sound coverage of the
essential core of the subject. It also includes work
in those parts of the subject which staff and
students find intriguing and fascinating. The degree
develops skills in abstract logical reasoning and
problem solving.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Level 1
Single-subject Mathematics students take four
compulsory Mathematics modules and two
modules in another subject. The four core
modules are: Mathematical Methods, Foundation
Studies in Mathematics, Structured Programming,
Algebra.
The degree is accredited by the Institute of
Mathematics, so our graduates can become
Associate Members of the Institute, leading to full
membership or Fellowship and Chartered
Mathematician status.
Level 2
You choose six modules from: Further
Mathematical Methods, Mathematics of Physical
Systems, Discrete Mathematics, Real Analysis,
Numerical Analysis, Linear Mathematics, Statistics,
Survey Design and Analysis.
Level 3
You take a project and five other modules chosen
from: Complex Analysis, Probability, Topology, Fluid
Dynamics, Rings and Numbers, Differential
Equations, Greek Geometry and Teaching
Experience.
JOB PROPECTS
Students who take Mathematics at degree level
usually do so partly because it is a subject which
they enjoy, and partly because it is a degree which
employers hold in high regard. For some students,
particularly those who wish to teach, the
vocational aspects of the subject are important,
but for most it is sufficient to have a degree which
will get them noticed in the job market. Our
degree is designed to satisfy these career
aspirations and ensure that students continue to
enjoy Mathematics whilst they are studying here.
contents
<
>
quit
contents
<
>
quit
146
Product Design & Textiles
Automotive Product Design BSc (Hons)
Clothing Foundation Degree (FdSc)
Computer Aided Product Design BSc (Hons)
Consumer Product Design BSc (Hons)
Design & Technology HND
Fashion & Textiles BSc (Hons)*
Fashion & Textiles HND*
Fashion Product Development BSc (Hons)*
Footwear Foundation Degree (FdSc)
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
Product Design BA (Hons)*
Textiles Foundation Degree (FdSc)
Textile Technology BSc (Hons)
156
157
158
contents
<
>
quit
Product Design and Textiles 147
Automotive Product Design
UCAS Code
H130 BSc/APD (3 years full-time).
H135 BSc/AuPD (4 years full-time
Duration
Available as
Single Honours.
Start Dates
September.
Typical Offer
Additional Costs
The course offers students the
opportunity to undertake a
European study tour for which
some additional costs are required.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
interested in the automotive design process, and
understanding how technology influences the
process. The course lays down the foundations of
Auto Design, Automobile Manufacture,
Visualisation, 3D Modelling and Product
Development.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
such as: Motor Vehicle Studies, Ideas Generation,
Visualisation, Technology, Product Development.
MSc Computer Aided
Product Development.
Core Skills: The second part of the course further
develops these areas, with topics such as:
Vehicle Design, Motor Vehicle Studies, Materials &
Processes, Design & Development, 3D Modelling
and Live Project.
“The BSc (Hons) Automotive
Product Design course was
a good basis for my MSc
Computer Aided Product
Development course at Bolton.”
level skills and practice through:
Individual Auto Design Project, Motor Vehicle
Studies, Motor Sports and Advanced Visualisation.
Westly Wilson
ABOUT THE COURSE
This course combines ‘traditional’ hand-generated
design work with the latest computer techniques
to aid automotive product design. The course
emphasises the design process and its interaction
with the computer in the creative and technological
environment. The course opens many employment
opportunities in the automobile industry. A
multidisciplinary, studio-based approach is used to
solve and analyse design solutions. The specialist
studio facilities offer the latest computer techniques
to aid the design process. Opportunities are also
available to work with PCs Macs, rapid prototyping
and practical model-making throughout the course
curriculum.
We have carefully developed a course to produce
graduates able to work in a variety of areas within
the automotive industry. Due to the
multidisciplinary nature of the course, you can
enter many different forms of employment.
linked to various CAD and analysis software.
You are also encouraged to enter national and
recent years.
• Dedicated product design modelling
workshops.
• Specialist automotive laboratories.
• Purpose-built design studio with rapid
The department has specialist automotive
laboratories that include: a range of engines, wind
tunnel, rolling road and body shell testing.
Extensive modelling workshops. Purpose-built
<
JOB PROSPECTS
Previous students have found jobs in areas such as
product development, interior design, design
management, CAD, technical sales and product
research. Typical industry names include: Ford,
Bentley, Jaguar, Leyland Technical Centre and
Ricardo.
Some students who satisfactorily complete the
course choose to continue their formal education
in the form of Masters and research degrees.
The course is recognised by the Chartered
Society of Designers.
SPECIAL FEATURES
contents
•
•
•
•
•
HND Design and Technology.
>
quit
148 Product Design and Textiles
Clothing Foundation Degree
FdSc Part-time by Distance Learning
Duration
3 years part-time by distance
learning.
Available as
Single Subject.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
Prospective students must already
be working in a clothing-related
area (either full-time or part-time)
and have the support of their
employer.
ABOUT THE COURSE
This course is aimed at those already working in
the fashion and/or clothing industry. It has been
developed in conjunction with Skillfast-UK, the
Sector Skills Council for Apparel, Footwear and
Textiles, to equip you with the combination of
technical and academic skills and knowledge
that employers in the industry are increasingly
demanding.
Career prospects are excellent. Skilled technicians
and professionals are in constant demand within
industry and graduates often progress into
supervisory management roles. If you complete
this course successfully, you can transfer to related
Honours degree programmes, such as our BSc
(Hons) in Fashion Product Development*, which
will take about two years of further part-time
study to complete.
SPECIAL FEATURES
This is a work-based learning programme. The
teaching materials are provided online via WebCT.
You will also have access to lecturers by email and
telephone for tutorial support. The workplace is
used as a learning environment, and you will be
encouraged to apply your skills and knowledge at
work. All modules are assessed by the submission
of a portfolio of evidence.
• Delivered by a combination of online and
work-based learning.
• Awarded 23/24 for teaching quality.
• Developed in conjunction with employers.
The course is recognised by the Textile Institute
(the international professional body for the
textiles, clothing and footwear industries) as
satisfying the academic requirements for the
award of LTI (Licenciateship of the Textile
Institute).
contents
• BSc (Hons) Fashion Product Development*.
• BSc (Hons) Fashion & Textiles*.
• BSc (Hons) Textile Technology.
<
>
quit
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
You will learn about clothing design and
manufacture, health and safety, product evaluation,
supply chain management, product development
and marketing. In addition, you will develop
transferable skills such as communication,
numeracy and creativity. Modules include:
Level 1
Science and Technology, Methods of Manufacture
(clothing), Health and Safety, Marketing and the
Consumer, Design Principles, Supply Chain.
Level 2
Processing Routes (clothing), Business Studies,
Retailing, Product Evaluation (clothing), Product
Development, Personal Development.
Computer Aided Product Design
UCAS Code
HW72 BSc/CAD (3 years fulltime).
HWR2 BSc/CAD4 (4 years fulltime including Foundation & HND).
Duration
Available as
Single Honours.
Start Dates
September.
Typical Offer
Additional Costs
Paul Starkie
BSc (Hons) Computer Aided
Product Design.
“I chose this course because it’s
an area I wanted to progress in,
but on a part-time basis.”
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
the design process and understanding how
technology influences the process. The course lays
down the foundations of design, manufacture,
CAD, visualisation, 3D modelling and product
development.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
such as: Product Development, Ideas Generation,
Visualisation, Technology and Marketing.
Development, Computer Aided Modelling &
Analysis, Materials & Processes, Live Project.
level skills and practice through: Individual Design
Project, Computer Aided Manufacturing,
Computer Aided Analysis, Advanced Visualisation.
ABOUT THE COURSE
Our specialist studio facilities offer you the latest
computer techniques to aid the design process.
The course emphasises the design process and its
interaction with the computer in the creative and
technological environment A multidisciplinary,
studio-based approach is used to solve and
analyse design solutions. Opportunities are also
available to work with PCs, Macs, rapid
prototyping and practical model making
throughout the course curriculum.
We have carefully developed a course that
produces graduates able to work in a variety of
areas within product development. Due to the
SPECIAL FEATURES
workshops and laboratories; a purpose-built
software where you can carry out hands-on
linked to various CAD and analysis software.
You are encouraged to enter national and
recent years.
workshops.
JOB PROSPECTS
Our graduates have found jobs in areas such as
product development, games design, design
research. Some choose to continue their formal
education in the form of Masters and research
degrees.
•
•
•
•
HND Design Technology.
contents
<
>
quit
Consumer Product Design
UCAS Code
W240 BSc/CPDes (3 years fulltime).
W242 BSc/CPrD4 (4 years full-time
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Duration
these areas via topics such as: Design and
Development, 3D Modelling, Marketing Media
Design, Computer Aided Visualisation, Commercial
Environment, Live Project.
Available as
Single Honours.
Start Dates
September.
Typical Offer
Additional Costs
such as: Product Development, Visualisation, Ideas
Generation, Technology and Marketing.
The final part of the course develops professionallevel skills and practice through:
Individual Design Project, Computer Aided
Presentation, Product Innovation and Advanced
Visualisation.
contents
<
ABOUT THE COURSE
This course combines ‘traditional’ hand-generated
design work with the latest computer techniques
to aid design. The course emphasises the design
process and its interaction with the computer in
the creative and technological environment. A
multidisciplinary, studio-based approach is used to
solve and analyse design solutions.
The specialist studio facilities offer the latest
Opportunities are also available to work with
PCs, Macs, rapid prototyping and practical model
making throughout the course curriculum.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
the design process and understanding how
technology influences the process. The course lays
down the foundations of design, manufacture,
CAD, visualisation, 3D modelling and product
development.
designed to meet the needs of industry. We have
carefully developed a course that produces
product development. Due to the multidisciplinary
SPECIAL FEATURES
workshops and laboratories, as well as a purposebuilt design studio with CAD/M and modelling
software in which you can carry out hands-on
are encouraged to enter national and European
competitions. The department has been successful
in several of these competitions in recent years.
workshops.
>
JOB PROSPECTS
degrees.
•
•
•
•
HND Design and Technology.
quit
Design & Technology
HND Full-time/Part-time
Development, 3D Modelling, Computer Aided
Visualisation, Live Project.
UCAS Code
92JW HND/DT (full-time).
Duration
2 years full-time.
3 years part-time.
Available as
Single Subject.
Start Dates
September.
Typical Offer
Additional Costs
specifically designed to meet the needs of
industry. We have carefully developed a course
that produces graduates able to work in a variety
of areas within design and technology. Due to the
ABOUT THE COURSE
The course emphasises the design process and its
interaction with the computer in the creative and
technological environment. A multidisciplinary,
studio-based approach is used to solve and
analyse design solutions. The specialist studio
facilities offer the latest computer techniques to
aid the design process. Opportunities are also
available to work with PCs, Macs, rapid
prototyping and practical model making
throughout the course curriculum.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
The course is designed for those interested in the
design process and understanding how technology
influences the process. The course lays down the
foundations of design, manufacture, CAD,
visualisation, 3D modelling and product
development.
Design and Computer Aided Product Design.
Opportunities are also available for working in
Europe or the USA.
The course is recognised as a route towards
accreditation by the Chartered Society of
Designers.
•
•
•
•
SPECIAL FEATURES
workshops and laboratories, a purpose-built
workshops.
JOB PROSPECTS
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
such as: Ideas Generation, Product Development,
Visualisation.
management, technical sales and product research.
Some choose to continue their formal education
in the form of degrees in Consumer Product
contents
<
>
quit
Fashion & Textiles*
UCAS Code
JN41 BSc/FT (3 years full-time).
Duration
3 years full-time.
Available as
Single Honours.
Start Dates
September.
Typical Offer
Additional Costs
The cost of field trips are kept to
a minimum.
ABOUT THE COURSE
This course offers a combination of fashion and
textiles related modules. It emphasizes the close
links between fashion and textile technology.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
This course is designed for those interested in all
aspects of fashion and textiles. Students will learn
about how fashion and textile products are
designed, developed, manufactured and marketed.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Level 1:
Introduction to Product Development, Textile
Product Evaluation, Textile Manufacture, Fashion
Issues, Marketing and the Consumer, Core Skills.
Level 2:
Product Design and Development, International
Fashion Business, Fashion Retailing, Fashion
Accessories, Textile Materials 1, Textile
Manufacture 2
On this course, you benefit from regular external
visits in order to broaden your outlook on the
fashion and textiles industry. Such visits include
trips to external conferences and workshops; visits
to museums, visits to manufacturing companies
and visits to fashion and textile-related exhibitions
and trade shows.
The course also includes an optional work
placement module. This placement may be of any
duration between ten working days to a full year.
The module is formally assessed through a report,
workplace assessment and presentation.
There is a comprehensive programme of visits
and field trips throughout the course, including a
study tour to Premiere Vision in Paris in Year 2
and a visit to a major international fashion centre
(London, Paris, Milan or New York) in Year 3.
JOB PROSPECTS
Level 3:
Product Innovation, Global Fashion Industry,
Textile Materials 2, Textile Manufacture 3, Project
(double module).
Typical career paths could include working as a
buyer, merchandiser or technologist for a high
street fashion retailer, working in retail store
management, or working in production
management or quality control for a textile
company.
This course develops your creative, technical and
commercial awareness skills. Graduates may find
work in the fashion retailing or manufacturing
sectors. Alternatively, this course would suit
someone wishing to teach fashion and textiles in
a school or college (subject to gaining an
additional teaching qualification).
award of ATI (Associateship of the Textile
Institute)*.
SPECIAL FEATURES
Our aim is to make this programme as practical
as possible, to enhance your employment
prospects after graduation.
contents
<
>
quit
Fashion & Textiles*
HND Full-time/Part-time
UCAS Code
14NJ HND/FT (full-time).
Duration
2 years full time.
3 years part-time.
Available as
Single Subject.
Start Dates
September.
Typical Offer
Additional Costs
ABOUT THE COURSE
This course emphasises the close links between
fashion and textile technology. It offers a
combination of introductory fashion and textiles
related modules.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
This course is designed for those interested in all
aspects of fashion and textiles. The course lays
down the foundations of fashion and textile
product design, development, manufacture and
marketing.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Level 1:
Product Evaluation, Textile Manufacture, Fashion
Level 2:
Product Design and Development, International
Fashion Business, Fashion Retailing, Fashion
Accessories, Textile Materials 1, Textile
Manufacture 2.
We have carefully developed a course that
produces graduates able to work in a variety of
areas within the fashion and textiles industry. Due
to the multi-disciplinary nature of the course, you
can enter many different forms of employment.
SPECIAL FEATURES
award of LTI (Licentiateship of the Textile
Institute)*.
On this course, you benefit from regular external
visits in order to broaden your outlook on the
fashion and textiles industry. Such visits include
trips to external conferences and workshops,
visits to museums, visits to manufacturing
companies and visits to fashion and textile-related
exhibitions and trade shows.
study tour to Premiere Vision in Paris in Year 2.
JOB PROSPECTS
fashion retailing, supervisory management, quality
control and technical sales. Some choose to
continue their formal education by continuing to
study for one of our degrees in Textile Technology,
Fashion & Textiles* or Fashion Product
Development*.
contents
<
>
quit
Fashion Product Development*
UCAS Code
W230 BSc/DFI (3 years full-time).
Duration
3 years full-time.
Available as
Single Honours.
Start Dates
September.
Typical Offer
Additional Costs
a minimum.
ABOUT THE COURSE
This course will introduce you to the global
context of the fashion market. It responds directly
to the needs of the fashion and retail industries
by offering a comprehensive programme in
product development, from materials technology,
through to fabric design and construction,
sourcing, quality management and marketing,
thereby maximising your employment prospects
after graduation.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
The focus of the course is on understanding how
the supply chain for fashion products works,
rather than on becoming a fashion designer. You
will learn about the fashion industry, fashion
forecasting, range planning and buying, developing
product specifications, textile materials and
manufacture, product evaluation, fashion
marketing and fashion retailing.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Level 1:
Manufacture, Textile Product Evaluation, Fashion
Level 2:
Product Design and Development, Marketing
Media Design, International Fashion Business,
Fashion Retailing, Fashion Accessories, Textile
Materials 1.
Level 3:
Product Innovation, Global Fashion Industry,
Computer Aided Presentation, Textile Materials 2,
Project (double module).
contents
It is specifically designed for those who aspire to a
career in the fashion industry. This course
develops your creative, technical and commercial
skills.
JOB PROSPECTS
SPECIAL FEATURES
On this course, you will benefit from regular
external visits in order to broaden your outlook
on the fashion industry. Such visits include trips to
external conferences and workshops for fashion
students, visits to museums, visits to manufacturing
companies and visits to fashion-related exhibitions
and trade shows.
placement module. This placement may be of any
duration between ten working days to a full year.
The module is formally assessed through a report,
workplace assessment and presentation.
study tour to Premiere Vision in Paris in Year 2
and a visit to a major international fashion centre
(London, Paris, Milan or New York) in Year 3.
Typical career paths could include working as a
buyer, merchandiser or technologist for a high
street fashion retailer, working in retail store
management, or working in product development
for a company in the fashion supply chain (for
instance, a fabric or garment manufacturing
company). Companies that have employed our
past graduates include Reebok, Umbro, Joe Bloggs,
BHS, Marks and Spencer and Matalan.
award of ATI (Associateship of the Textile
Institute*.
<
>
quit
Footwear Foundation Degree
Duration
learning.
Available as
Single Subject.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
be working in a footwear-related
employer.
ABOUT THE COURSE
SPECIAL FEATURES
the footwear industry. It has been designed in
conjunction with the International School of
Footwear at Leicester College and Skillfast-UK,
the Sector Skills Council for Apparel, Footwear
and Textiles, to meet the demand for highly skilled
people who understand the industry and who
can apply this knowledge in their workplace.
This is a work-based learning course. The teaching
and learning methods include CDs, web-based
interactive ‘lessons’ and on-line discussions with
other students and tutors. The teaching materials
are provided online via WebCT. You will also
have access to lecturers by email and telephone
for tutorial support.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
You will learn about all aspects of footwear design
and manufacture. In addition, you will develop
skills such as communication, numeracy and
creativity. Modules include:
Level 1
Science and Technology, Methods of Manufacture
(footwear), Health and Safety, Marketing and the
Consumer, Design Principles, Supply Chain.
Level 2
Pre-production Processes (footwear), Business
Studies, Environmental Issues, Product Evaluation
(footwear), Product Development, Personal
Development.
Skilled technicians and professionals are in
constant demand within the footwear industry
and graduates often progress into supervisory
and management roles.
Successful completion of this course will enable
transfer onto related Honours degree
programmes, such as our BSc (Hons) Fashion
Product Development*, which will take about
two years of further part-time study to complete.
The workplace is used as a learning environment
on this programme, and you will be encouraged
to apply your skills and knowledge at work. All
modules are assessed by the submission of a
portfolio of evidence.
Institute).
contents
<
>
quit
Product Design*
UCAS Code
H150 BA/PD (3 years full-time).
H151 BA/PD4 (4 years full-time
Duration
Available as
Single Honours.
Start Dates
September.
Typical Offer
Additional Costs
ABOUT THE COURSE
This course emphasises the creative aspects of
the product design process. The course combines
‘traditional’ hand-generated design work with the
latest computer techniques to aid design.
A multidisciplinary, studio-based approach is used
to explore and create design solutions.
The specialist studio facilities offer the latest
Opportunities are also available to work with
PCs, Macs, rapid prototyping and practical model
making throughout the course curriculum.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
the creative design process. The course lays down
the foundations of design, CAD, CGI & animation,
3D modelling and product development.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
such as: Product Development, Visual Design,
Modelling & Animation, 3D Skills and Marketing.
these areas via topics such as: Design and
Development, Visual Design, Marketing Analysis &
Design, Lifestyle Product Design, CGI & Animation
and Live Project.
The final part of the course develops professionallevel skills and practice through:
Individual Design Project, Advanced CGI &
Animation, Product Innovation and CAD/CAM.
designed to meet the needs of industry. We have
carefully developed a course that produces
product design. Due to the multidisciplinary
JOB PROSPECTS
degrees.
contents
• HND Design and Technology.
• BSc (Hons) Computer Aided Product Design.
<
SPECIAL FEATURES
workshops and laboratories, as well as a purposebuilt design studio with CAD/M and modelling
workshops.
• Specialist visual design modules.
>
quit
Textiles Foundation Degree
Duration
learning.
Available as
Single Subject.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
be working in a textile-related
employer.
ABOUT THE COURSE
any textile-related area. The programme takes a
very broad view of the textile industry, covering
all fields where textile products are designed,
produced, processed or traded, from raw material
suppliers, through manufacturing and retailing, to
the end consumer.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
Level 1
Science and Technology, Methods of Manufacture,
Health and Safety, Marketing and the Consumer,
Design Principles, Supply Chain.
industry, and graduates often progress into
supervisory and management roles. Successful
completion of this course will enable transfer
onto related Honours degree programmes, such
as our BSc (Hons) programmes in Textile
Technology or Fashion & Textiles*, which will take
about two years of further part-time study to
complete.
SPECIAL FEATURES
This course is basically a distance learning
programme. The teaching materials for the
modules are provided by electronic delivery, using
WebCT – our virtual learning environment. You
will also have access to lecturers through email
and telephone for tutorial support. The workplace
is used as a learning environment on this
programme, and you will be encouraged to apply
your skills and knowledge at work. All modules
are assessed by the submission of a portfolio of
evidence.
Level 2
Processing Routes, Technical Textiles, Textile Care,
Carpets, Business Studies, Environmental Issues,
Product Evaluation, Product Development,
Personal Development.
Institute).
Career prospects for Foundation degree
graduates are excellent, because they have a
winning combination of work experience and
academic knowledge. Skilled technicians and
professionals are in constant demand within
contents
<
>
quit
Textile Technology
UCAS Code
J461 BSc/TeT (3 years full-time).
J420 BSc/TT4 (4 years full-time
Duration
Available as
Single Honours.
Start Dates
September.
Typical Offer
Additional Costs
a minimum.
ABOUT THE COURSE
SPECIAL FEATURES
This course provides you with a broad-based
education in the technological aspects of the
textile manufacturing industry. It deals with all of
the processes involved in producing textile
products, including fibre manufacture, spinning,
weaving, knitting, wet processing and textile
testing. The course aims to develop a critical and
innovative approach towards manufacturing
techniques and practices.
The course makes extensive use of the Centre
for Materials Research and Innovation at the
University of Bolton, which contains a full range of
industry standard equipment for the manufacture
and evaluation of textile products.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
placement. This may be of any duration from ten
days to a full year, and contributes 20 credits
towards your degree, as well as giving you
valuable work experience in the textile industry.
• Excellent research record.
• Optional trip to Premiere Vision in Paris.
• Optional work placement module in Level 2.
Level 1
Manufacture 1, Textile Product Evaluation,
Applications of Technology, Marketing and the
Consumer, Core Skills.
Level 2
Product Design and Development, Composite
Materials, Marketing Media Design, Textile
Materials 1, Textile Manufacture 2 (double
module).
Level 3
Product Innovation, Textile Materials 2, Textile
Manufacture 3, Computer Aided Presentation,
Project (double module).
You will benefit from regular external visits to
broaden your outlook on the textile industry.
These visits include trips to manufacturing
companies and trade shows.
<
>
and the Society of Dyers and Colourists as
satisfying the academic requirements for their
professional qualifications: C Text ATI
(Associateship of the Textile Institute) and
Chartered Colourist (CCol) status*.
The technological knowledge and skills of our
graduates are highly valued by textile companies.
Recent graduates have gone into production
management, textile testing, new product
development and quality assurance. Employers of
our graduates include DuPont, Airbags
International and Milliken.
contents
quit
159
contents
<
>
quit
160
Psychology
Psychology BSc (Hons)
Counselling & Psychology BSc (Hons)
Criminological & Forensic Psychology BSc (Hons)
Psychology & Management BA/BSc (Hons) Combined Honours*
Sport & Exercise Psychology BSc (Hons)
Access to Higher Education: Psychology
161
162
163
164
165
166
contents
<
>
quit
Psychology 161
Psychology
UCAS Code
C801 BSc/Psy (3 years full-time).
C802 BSc/Psy35 (3.5 years full-time
including Foundation semester).
Duration
5 years part-time.
Available as
Start Dates
Typical Offer
Full-time 3 year route: 240 UCAS
points or equivalent.
Full-time 3.5 year route: a minimum
of 80 UCAS points.
Rachel Williams
BSc (Hons) Psychology.
“The quality of the Psychology
course at Bolton is very high
and this attracted me to it.”
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
JOB PROSPECTS
You also have the opportunity to carry out a
work placement module in approved settings and,
in your second year, you may complete a period
of study in the United States of America.
Throughout the course, students devise,
implement and write up research projects that
focus on psychological phenomena.
Psychology graduates with BPS accreditation have
numerous careers to follow, not just in traditional
areas such as clinical, counselling, occupational and
educational psychology, but in other related areas,
including personnel management, research,
teaching, social work and health. An appropriate
choice of option modules will allow for
progression onto professional qualifications in
applied psychology. Past graduates have been
successful in all these fields of work. We have
hosted an annual Careers Week for many years
where specialist and chartered psychologists
come to speak to students. Opportunities for
volunteering and work placements give students
insight into specific careers.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Psychology appeals to those intrinsically interested
in human behaviour and has a very broad subject
base. At Levels 1 and 2 students will study
modules in core areas of psychology such as
Personality and Development, Cognitive
Psychology, Biopsychology, Social and Critical
Psychology, and Research Methods which provide
the basis for studying optional modules at
Level 3. Option modules include: Criminological
Psychology, Cognitive Neuropsychology, Critical
Psychology, Abnormal Psychology, Mental Health
Perspectives, Psychoanalysis and the compulsory
self-designed Project.
ABOUT THE COURSE
The BSc programme in Psychology is one of the
oldest and largest in the UK. It is accredited by the
British Psychological Society, which enables a
graduate to progress to further professional
qualifications and employment as a professional
psychologist. Personal supervision from staff
throughout the course provides you with the best
possible opportunity to achieve your true potential.
Teaching is undertaken by experienced and highlyqualified staff who have a wide range of research
expertise and interests. The course team is
committed to developing the potential of individual
students for future graduate level employability.
Students will be able to demonstrate graduate
skills such as problem solving, critical evaluation
and independence of thought as well as a
willingness to learn, which we hope to foster by
our commitment and enthusiasm.
SPECIAL FEATURES
• British Psychological Society accreditation, the
programme is accredited as conferring eligibility
for the Graduate Basis for Registration, the first
step towards becoming a Chartered
Psychologist, for Honours Psychology graduates
studying in Single, Major or Joint modes.
• 24/24 from QAA assessment for the excellent
quality of its provision and teaching.
• Opportunity to study in the workplace.
To strengthen their CV further, psychology
students may undertake additional modules
(accredited by the appropriate professional body)
in counselling and occupational testing.
contents
<
>
• BSc (Hons) Counselling & Psychology.
• BSc (Hons) Criminological & Forensic
Psychology.
• BSc (Hons) Sport & Exercise Psychology.
 Students who do not meet the admission requirements for
our 3 year full-time courses may be eligible to study for an extra
foundation semester. On successful completion of the foundation
semester you will be eligible to study on any of our Psychologyrelated degree courses.
quit
162 Psychology
Counselling & Psychology
UCAS Code
CB89 BSc/CPsy (full-time) .
Duration
3 years full-time.
5 years part-time.
Available as
Single Honours.
Start Dates
September.
Typical Offer
ABOUT THE COURSE
This course is a new development of one of the
oldest and largest Psychology degree courses in
the UK. It is accredited by the British Psychological
Society, which enables you on graduation to
progress to further professional qualifications and
employment as a professional psychologist.
Personal supervision from staff throughout the
course provides you with the best possible
opportunity to achieve your true potential.
Teaching is by experienced and highly-qualified
staff who have a wide range of research and
professional expertise and interests. The course
team is committed to developing your individual
potential for future graduate-level employability.
Counselling, Cognitive Psychology, Social and
Critical Psychology, Personality and Development
and Biopsychology.
Level 3
You study modules such as Professional Issues,
Skills and Practice in Counselling, Abnormal
Psychology, Mental Health Perspectives and the
compulsory self-designed Project.
The applied nature of Counselling Psychology is
stressed throughout the programme, with an
emphasis on experiential learning. You will have to
complete a work placement in an approved
setting in your Final Year.
Opportunities for volunteering and work
placements give you insight into specific careers. In
completing the course, you will be able to
demonstrate graduate skills such as problem
solving, critical evaluation and independence of
thought, as well as a willingness to learn, which we
hope to foster by our commitment and
enthusiasm.
SPECIAL FEATURES
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
Counselling Psychology appeals not only to those
intrinsically interested in human behaviour, but to
those that wish to apply counselling skills.
Counselling theory and principles, research
evidence, problem analysis and counselling skills
are all addressed within the degree.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Levels 1 and 2
You study core modules in areas of Psychology
such as Counselling Concepts, Coaching for Life
Skills, Stress and Transition, Research Methods for
• One of a very few Counselling & Psychology
degree courses in the country accredited by
the British Psychological Society.
• The programme is accredited as conferring
eligibility for the Graduate Basis for Registration,
the first step towards becoming a Chartered
Psychologist.
• Opportunity to complete two vocational
qualifications while undertaking the degree.
• Opportunity to study in relevant work settings.
of everyday life, for example, medical and mental
health settings, schools and colleges and the
workplace. Past Psychology graduates have been
successful in all these areas of work. Psychology
graduates with BPS accreditation will be able to
progress onto professional qualifications in applied
psychology. We have hosted an annual Careers
Week for many years, where specialist and
chartered psychologists come to speak to
students.
To strengthen your CV further, if you elect to
register with the Awarding Body Consortium
(ABC) you will have the opportunity to work
towards gaining professional qualifications and
status through the Certificate in Counselling
Concepts (Year 1) and the Certificate in
Counselling Skills (Year 3).
Psychology.
• BSc (Hons) Sport & Exercise Psychology.
• BSc (Hons) Psychology.
JOB PROSPECTS
In recent years, there has been a rapid expansion
in the application of counselling skills in all aspects
 Applicants who do not meet the entry requirements are
encouraged to apply for the 3.5 year Psychology (including a
foundation semester) degree - see page 161 for details.
contents
<
>
quit
Psychology 163
Criminological & Forensic Psychology
UCAS Code
CF84 BSc/CFP (full-time) .
Duration
3 years full-time.
5 years part-time.
Available as
Single Honours.
Start Dates
September.
Typical Offer
ABOUT THE COURSE
the UK. It is accredited by the British
Psychological Society, which enables you on
graduation to progress to further professional
qualifications and employment as a professional
psychologist. Personal supervision from staff
possible opportunity to achieve your true
potential. Teaching is by experienced and highlyqualified staff, who have a wide range of research
committed to developing your individual potential
for future graduate-level employability.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
Criminological & Forensic Psychology addresses
what crime is, who commits crime, assessment
and treatment of criminal behaviour, juvenile
delinquency, legal psychology, and psychology and
the courts. It appeals to those who are
intrinsically interested in human behaviour and,
especially, to those who would like to apply their
understanding of psychology and practical
research skills they have developed.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Levels 1 and 2
You study core modules in areas such as
Psychology and Crime, Criminological
Perspectives, Cognitive Psychology, Personality and
Development, Research Methods and
Biopsychology.
Level 3
There is a mix of core modules such as Forensic
Psychology and the self-designed Project, and
options including Abnormal Psychology, Mental
Health Perspectives and Assessment of Personality.
The applied nature of criminological and forensic
psychology is stressed throughout the programme.
You will have to carry out work placements in
approved settings in your first and final years of
the course.
Opportunities for volunteering and work
placements give you insight into specific careers.
On completing the course, you will be able to
demonstrate graduate skills such as problem
solving, critical evaluation and independence of
thought, as well as a willingness to learn, which we
hope to foster by our commitment and
enthusiasm.
SPECIAL FEATURES
• One of a very few Criminological & Forensic
Psychology degree courses in the country
accredited by the British Psychological Society.
eligibility for the Graduate Basis for Registration,
the first step towards becoming a Chartered
Psychologist.
• Opportunity to complete a vocational
qualification while undertaking the degree.
• Opportunity to study in relevant work settings.
JOB PROSPECTS
Criminological & Forensic Psychology is a key
growth area and is an applied area of Psychology
relating to crime, the criminal justice system and
the judicial process. Forensic psychologists work
within prisons, the police force, private practice,
specialist hospitals and in education. Past
Psychology graduates have been successful in all
these areas. Psychology graduates with BPS
accreditation will be able to progress onto
professional qualifications in applied psychology.
We have hosted an annual Careers Week for
many years, where specialist and chartered
psychologists come to speak to students.
To strengthen your CV further, in your Final Year,
you will also have the opportunity to take the
BPS-accredited Occupational Testing Level A
Certificate*, which is highly recommended for a
career in this field.
•
•
•
•
BSc (Hons) Counselling & Psychology.
BSc (Hons) Sport & Exercise Psychology.
BA/BSc (Hons) Psychology & Management*.
contents
<
>
quit
164 Psychology
Psychology & Management (Combined Honours)*
BA/BSc (Hons) Combined Honours Full-time/Part-time
UCAS Code
CN82 Mod/PsyMgt (full-time).
Duration
3 years full-time.
5 years part-time.
Available as
Combined Honours.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
applicants, without the above
qualifications, but who have
For details of Combined Honours
programmes please see page 24.
contents
<
ABOUT THE COURSE
The course offers you a complementary
combination of Management and Psychology
subjects that will equip you with essential skills
and knowledge for a variety of professions. The
modular structure of the programme offers
flexibility and the teaching and learning
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
You will gain an understanding of both human
behaviour and managerial principles and
processes. In addition, you will develop essential
professional and interpersonal skills.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
You will study 18 modules (six modules at each
level). 50% of the modules will be from
Management and 50% from Psychology. The
modules you will study include Business and
Interpersonal Skills, Managing People,
Understanding the Person, Introduction to
Research Methods in Psychology at Level 1;
Organisational Behaviour, Work Experience,
Cognitive Psychology and Personality and
Developmental Psychology at Level 2;
Contemporary Management Issues, Employee
Development, Biopsychology and Social and
Critical Psychology at Level 3.
SPECIAL FEATURES
• British Psychological Society accreditation, the
programme is accredited as conferring eligibility
for the Graduate Basis for Registration, the first
step towards becoming a Chartered
Psychologist, for Honours Psychology graduates
studying in Single, Major or Joint modes.
• You will have the opportunity to carry out a
work placement.
• You may complete additional vocational and
professional qualifications.
• You may, if you wish, take part in an
ERASMUS exchange.
JOB PROSPECTS
The Psychology & Management degree prepares
you for a wide range of employment
opportunities in both public and private
organisations, as well as providing a firm
foundation for postgraduate studies or a teaching
qualification. Occupational psychology, personnel,
executive and consultancy work are other
possible career openings. This degree will allow
graduate membership of the British Psychological
Society.
•
•
•
•
BA (Hons) Management*.
BA (Hons) International Management*.
BA (Hons) Human Resource Management.
>
quit
Psychology 165
Sport & Exercise Psychology
UCAS Code
C800 BSc/SEP (full-time).
Duration
3 years full-time.
5 years part-time.
Available as
Single Honours.
Start Dates
September.
Typical Offer
ABOUT THE COURSE
the UK, developed in conjunction with the rapidlygrowing area of Sports Science. It is accredited by
the British Psychological Society, which enables
you on graduation to progress to further
professional qualifications and employment as a
professional psychologist.
Psychology degree you take additional modules
that focus on relating psychological theory and
applications to sport and exercise contexts.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
At Levels 1 and 2 you study core modules,
including Introduction to Sport and Exercise
Psychology, The Coaching Process, Effective
Coaching, Biopsychology, Personality and
Development, Cognitive Psychology and Research
Methods; and at Level 3, Applied Exercise
Psychology, Applied Sports Psychology, Social and
Abnormal Psychology and the compulsory
self-designed Research Project. The applied nature
of sport and exercise psychology is stressed
throughout the programme. You will have the
opportunity to conduct sports psychology
projects in external settings and will have to carry
out a work placement in an approved setting in
your Final Year.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
Sport & Exercise Psychology concentrates on the
applied nature of psychology to maximise the
performance of athletes and the therapeutic
aspects of sport and exercise. A large proportion
of the course involves practical laboratory sessions
and fieldwork. Excellent use is made of
surrounding sports teams and organisations at the
Bolton Arena, Reebok Stadium and numerous
sports venues. Personal supervision from staff
possible opportunity to achieve your true
potential. Teaching is by experienced and highly
qualified staff, who have a wide range of research
committed to developing your individual potential
for future graduate-level employability. In addition
to the wide-ranging and diverse education in core
psychology, as a student on the Sport & Exercise
SPECIAL FEATURES
• One of a very few Sport & Exercise
Psychology degree courses in the country
accredited by the British Psychological Society.
eligibility for the Graduate Basis for
Registration, the first step towards becoming a
Chartered Psychologist.
• Curriculum is designed to provide you with the
foundation for future membership of The
British Association of Sport and Exercise
Science (BASES).
JOB PROSPECTS
Increasing concern over the nation’s health is
creating career opportunities in the exercise and
health industry. Sport & Exercise Psychologists are
in demand to work with professional teams and
the governing sports bodies. BPS accreditation
contents
<
and option modules will allow for progression
onto professional qualifications in applied
psychology. To strengthen your CV further, you will
have the opportunity to gain Level 1 sportspecific coaching awards from National Governing
Bodies and attend Sports Coach UK coaching
workshops. If you take additional modules in
counselling and occupational testing (accredited
by the appropriate professional body), you will be
able to get professional qualifications in these
areas.
• BSc (Hons) Counselling & Psychology.
Psychology.
• BSc (Hons) Psychology.
>
quit
166 Psychology
Access to Higher Education: Psychology
Access to HE Full-time
Duration
1 year full-time.
Available as
Single Subject.
Start Dates
September.
Typical Offer
Applicants must have completed
their compulsory education at least
3 years or more before the course
start date, and must not be direct
entrants from year12/13 education.
Students must have the potential to
benefit from the course.
All applicants will be required to
attend an interview.
contents
Dawn Scott
<
“The Psychology degree offers
a wide variety of subjects. The
staff have enabled me to gain
a better understanding of the
subject and are always there
to help.”
ABOUT THE COURSE
Teaching staff have extensive experience in
supporting new students returning to learning and
there is an emphasis on support for your personal
development in order to facilitate learning. You get
the opportunity to learn in the same enriched
environment as undergraduates and you are
guaranteed a place on a wide range of degree
programmes at Bolton, but particularly any of our
Psychology degree courses, on successful
completion.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
The Access to HE: Psychology programme aims
to provide a flexible course of study as
>
preparation for higher education. You will have
training in transferable skills relevant to successful
learning and a basic introduction to core
curriculum areas within Psychology.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
The access course comprises units at Level 2 that
address transferable skills and a choice of
subject-specific units at Level 3.
Level 2
Essay Writing, Oral Communication, Study Skills,
Time Management and Exam Technique, Word
Processing, Communicating Online using Email,
Making the most of the World Wide Web,
Number and Algebra, Handling Data.
Level 3
Social Psychology, Bio-psychology, Personality
Development, Developmental Psychology,
Cognitive Psychology, Introduction to Statistics,
Research Methods in Psychology, Application of
Psychology in a Clinical Context, Psychology in
Perspective and four other option courses.
SPECIAL FEATURES
The Access course is unusual in being delivered in
a University setting where you have full use of
resources and facilities available to undergraduates.
You also have the opportunity to meet with
existing students and staff from the Psychology
degree courses.
• No course fees.
• Recognised by the Quality Assurance Agency.
quit
Psychology 167
contents
<
>
quit
168
Adventure Recreation Management Foundation Degree (FdA)*
Adventure Recreation Management (Top Up) BA (Hons)*
Sport & Exercise Science BSc (Hons)
Sport & Fitness Management Foundation Degree (FdA)
Sport & Leisure Management BA (Hons)
Sports Development BA (Hons)
Sports Rehabilitation BSc (Hons)
Sports Science & Coaching BSc (Hons)
Strength & Conditioning BSc (Hons)*
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
contents
<
>
quit
Sport and Recreation 169
Adventure Recreation Management Foundation Degree*
UCAS Code
NN28 FdA/ARMgt (full-time).
Duration
2 years full-time.
3 years part-time.
Available as
Single Subject.
Start Dates
September.
Typical Offer
Location
Craven College, Skipton, North
Yorkshire.
Additional Costs
Additional costs for the UK and
overseas study trips and occasional
transport to local site visits.
ABOUT THE COURSE
SPECIAL FEATURES
The Foundation Degree in Adventure Recreation
Management is delivered by Craven College,
Skipton, North Yorkshire on behalf of the
University of Bolton. It is for people who wish to
extend their interest and passion for outdoor
activities into a career. The course blends theory
and practice in practical settings. We aim to
produce graduates who have the knowledge and
skills to work as managers in a wide range of
adventure recreation contexts.
• The course makes extensive use of practical
activities, site visits, work placements and guest
speakers.
• Several modules feature case-study learning
based on current developments in local
adventure recreation facilities.
• There is the potential to undertake part of the
course in Europe or North America.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
Level 1 provides an introduction to the adventure
recreation industries, and to basic management
theory and practice. It includes a study and
writing skills module to help with your first year
of learning. Level 2 builds upon this by
developing the ability to think analytically about
how the adventure industry functions. To support
this, it includes a work placement module. The
course is assessed through a combination of
essays, reports, projects, student-led workshops,
presentations, examinations and a dissertation.
JOB PROSPECTS
The course provides excellent preparation for a
career in Adventure Recreation Management.
Examples of potential employment positions
include Outward Bound, private sector operators
of water and mountain-based sites and local
authority education services.
The course follows the content recommendations
of the Institute of Outdoor Learning.
• BA (Hons) Adventure Recreation Management
(Top Up)*.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Level 1 is spent understanding the key principles
of Adventure Recreation Management by
introducing the skills and knowledge base. Level 2
begins to apply the key concepts in a practical
setting and includes extensive practical activities in
the workplace.
The course blends theory with real-world
scenarios and places an emphasis on management
in a vocational context. It is taught together with
industry-based practitioners to allow you to
develop and practice your skills in live settings.
contents
<
>
quit
170 Sport and Recreation
Adventure Recreation Management (Top Up)*
UCAS Code
NN82 BA/ARM3 (full-time).
Duration
1.3 years full-time.
2 years part-time.
Available as
Single Honours.
Start Dates
September.
Typical Offer
Appropriate Foundation Degree,
HND or equivalent.
Additional Costs
Additional costs for the UK and
overseas study trips and occasional
transport to local site visits.
Michael Fleary
Graduate in BSc (Hons) Sport & Leisure Management
“There’s a family - like ethos on the course and around the
University generally. It’s a good thing to be part of.”
ABOUT THE COURSE
SPECIAL FEATURES
The BA (Hons) Adventure Recreation
Management is designed as a ‘top up’ programme
for those with an appropriate Foundation Degree
or HND who wish to extend their interest and
passion for outdoor activities into a career at the
management level. The course blends theory and
practice in practical settings. In particular, it
examines outdoor activities in the urban fringe
and how they are made accessible to a wide
section of the population. We aim to produce
graduates who have the knowledge and skills to
work as managers in a wide range of adventure
recreation contexts.
speakers.
based on current developments in local,
regional, national and international adventure
recreation facilities.
• There is the potential to undertake part of the
course in Europe or North America.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
Level 3 features a range of modules designed to
develop a capacity to think independently about
contemporary issues relevant to Adventure
Recreation Management. The course is assessed
through a combination of essays, reports, projects,
student-led workshops, presentations,
examinations and a dissertation.
JOB PROSPECTS
career in Adventure Recreation Management.
Examples of potential employment positions
include Outward Bound, private sector operators
of water and mountain-based sites, and local
authority education services.
At Level 3, you are encouraged to critique
contemporary practice in Adventure Recreation
Management from an applied and theoretical
level.
<
>
The course follows the content recommendations
of the Institute of Outdoor Learning.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
contents
• FdA Adventure Recreation Management*.
• BA (Hons) Sport & Leisure Management.
• BA (Hons) Sports Development.
management and places an emphasis on
management in a vocational context. It is taught
together with industry-based practitioners to
allow you to develop and practice your skills in
live settings.
quit
Sport & Exercise Science
UCAS Code
C603 BSc/SES (full-time).
Duration
3 years full-time.
Available as
Single Honours.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
Additional Costs
Extra curricular sports
coaching/leadership qualifications
and fitness instructor awards may
involve additional costs but are
undertaken voluntarily.
Departmental sports kit.
ABOUT THE COURSE
Rated Excellent by the Quality Assurance Agency
(QAA), our staff have extensive experience of
working within the sport and coaching professions.
There is an emphasis on vocational skills
development. We enjoy close links with industry.
We have BASES-accredited staff, active in research
and consultancy. We have fully-equipped laboratory
and class facilities. We are close to state-of-the art
sports facilities. Our class sizes are small.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
An applied programme of study aimed at
developing the underpinning knowledge and skills
required to meet the needs of the sports and/or
exercise science industries. The applied vocational
emphasis is designed to meet the needs of
employers in these vibrant industries.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Level 1 introduces the fundamental principles and
theories that underpin physiological, psychological
and biomechanical aspects of sport and exercise
performance. Modules include: Anatomy,
Introduction to Sport and Exercise Physiology,
Biomechanics, and Research Methods.
Level 2 further develops this knowledge and
understanding in an applied vocational context.
Modules include: Sport and Exercise Physiology,
Biomechanics, Sport and Exercise Nutrition, and
Research Methods.
Level 3 focuses on application of knowledge and
skills through case studies, “live projects” and work
with “real clients”. You are required to complete a
Level 3 dissertation. The remainder of the
programme is made up of optional modules drawn
from: Applied Sports Training Principles, Fitness
Testing and Exercise Prescription, Applied Sports
Psychology, Applied Exercise Psychology, and
Exercise for Special Populations.
All modules are delivered through a combination
of teaching, and directed and independent study.
Knowledge, skills and understanding are developed
through a wide range of teaching methods
including lectures, seminars, tutorials, and laboratory
and field-based practical work. You are required to
complete a work placement along with the
research modules.
A range of assessment methods are employed,
including individual and group assignments, oral and
poster presentations, laboratory reports, case
studies, major projects and examinations.
The vocational emphasis of this programme
facilitates the development of a range of personal
and transferable skills. These include critical thinking,
problem solving, communication, information
technology skills and teamwork. They are applicable
to a wide range of career areas. You also have
opportunities to get paid and voluntary work
experience during the programme.
SPECIAL FEATURES
• The emphasis on the development of
vocational, personal and transferable skills that
are important for future employment and
lifelong learning.
• Opportunities to work on real projects through
the department’s collaboration with industry.
• Opportunities to gain applied experience within
the University’s vibrant sports culture,
volunteering programme and links with
community sports programmes.
• Proximity to and use of state-of-the-art sports
facilities in programme delivery.
contents
<
JOB PROSPECTS
Sports science support, exercise science support,
fitness assessment, corporate fitness, exercise
referral, sports development, postgraduate study
and teacher training. Some of our graduates go into
non-subject specific careers, such as the emergency
or armed services, leisure management and sales.
Successful completion will allow full membership of
the British Association of Sport and Exercise
Sciences.
• BSc (Hons) Sports Science & Coaching.
• BSc (Hons) Sports Rehabilitation.
>
quit
Sport & Fitness Management Foundation Degree
FdA Full-time
UCAS Code
N293 FdA/SFMgt (full-time).
Duration
2 years full-time.
Available as
Single Subject.
Start Dates
September.
Typical Offer
Additional Costs
Location
available to the BA (Hons) Sport & Leisure
Management degree at the University of Bolton.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Level 1 of the course is spent understanding the
key principles of Sport & Fitness Management,
and also learning how to study for a degree. Level
2 begins to apply the key concepts in a practical
the workplace. At Level 3, you will be encouraged
to critique contemporary practice in Sport &
Fitness Management from an applied and
theoretical level.
contents
MANCAT, Manchester.
ABOUT THE COURSE
The Foundation Degree in Sport & Fitness
Management is specifically designed for people
who plan to work in the sport and fitness
industries. It is delivered in partnership with
MANCAT located in Manchester. It aims to
produce graduates who have the knowledge and
skills to work as managers in a wide range of
sport and leisure contexts.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
Level 1 provides an introduction to the sport and
fitness industries, and to basic management theory
and practice. It includes a study and writing skills
module to help with the first year of learning at
university level alongside study and practice in
industry.
Level 2 builds on this by developing the ability to
think analytically about how the sport and fitness
industries function. To support this, it includes a
work placement module.
Level 3 is available for those wishing and able to
progress to an Honours Degree. A direct link is
management in a vocational context by spending
considerable time in the work place.
<
>
SPECIAL FEATURES
speakers.
based on current developments in local sport
and fitness facilities, such as the Manchester
Aquatic Centre and Manchester’s Sport City.
JOB PROSPECTS
career in sport and fitness management. Examples
of potential employment positions include private
sector sport and fitness club manager, local
authority sport and fitness manager.
quit
Sport & Leisure Management
UCAS Code
N290 BA/SLM (full-time).
Duration
3 years full-time.
Available as
Single Honours.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
Additional Costs
ABOUT THE COURSE
The BA (Hons) Sport & Leisure Management is
designed for people who want not only to work
in the sport and leisure industries, but to enjoy a
successful career in them. It aims to produce
graduates who have the knowledge and skills to
work as managers in a wide range of sport and
leisure contexts.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
Level 1 provides an introduction to the sport and
leisure industries, and to basic management
theory and practice. It includes a study and
writing skills module to help with the first year of
learning at university.
Level 2 builds on this by developing the ability to
think analytically about how the sport and leisure
industries function. To support this, it includes a
work placement module.
Level 3 features a range of modules designed to
develop a capacity to think independently about
contemporary issues relevant to sport and leisure
management. The course is assessed through a
combination of essays, reports, projects, studentled workshops, presentations, examinations and a
dissertation.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Level 1 of the course is spent understanding the
key principles of Sport and Leisure Management,
and also learning how to study for a degree. Level
2 begins to apply the key concepts in a practical
the workplace. At Level 3, you will be encouraged
to critique contemporary practice in Sport and
Leisure Management from an applied and
theoretical level.
• FdA Sport & Fitness Management.
• FdA Adventure Recreation Management*.
• BA (Hons) Adventure Recreation Management
(Top Up)*.
management in a vocational context.
contents
<
>
SPECIAL FEATURES
speakers.
based on current developments in local sport
and leisure facilities, such as the Bolton Arena,
Reebok Stadium and Manchester’s Sport City.
JOB PROSPECTS
career in leisure management. Examples of
potential employment positions include private
sector sport and leisure club manager, leisure
contract manager, community and voluntary
sector worker, and local authority sport and
leisure manager.
quit
Sports Development
UCAS Code
C601 BA/SPD (full-time).
Duration
3 years full-time.
Available as
Single Honours.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
Additional Costs
ABOUT THE COURSE
Our staff have extensive experience of working
within the sports development and coaching
professions. There is an emphasis on vocational
skills development and close links with industry.
Staff are active in research and consultancy. We
also have fully equipped laboratory and sports
facilities.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
required to meet the needs of the sports
development industry. The applied vocational
employers in this dynamic industry.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Level 1 introduces you to a foundation coverage
of society, organisations, sports practice, coaching
practice, sports development and business skills as
well as personal development.
Modules include: Effective Coaching, Sport and
Leisure in the Community, Applied Sport, Leisure
and Tourism Management, Research Methods,
Work Experience and an Elective.
Level 3 very much focuses on application of
knowledge and skills. You are required to
complete a dissertation (double module). Other
modules include: Sport and Leisure Policy,
Strategy and Planning in Sport Development,
Contemporary Social Issues in Sport and Leisure,
and Performance Planning and Analysis. All
modules are delivered through a combination of
teaching, and directed and independent study.
Knowledge, skills and understanding are
developed through a wide range of teaching
methods, including lectures, seminars and tutorials.
A range of assessment methods are employed,
including individual and group assignments, oral
presentations, case studies, major projects and
examinations.
and transferable skills applicable to employment in
a range of careers. These include critical
thinking, problem solving, communication,
information technology skills and teamwork.
SPECIAL FEATURES
lifelong learning.
• Opportunities to work on real projects
through the department’s collaboration with
industry.
contents
• Opportunities to gain applied experience
within the University’s vibrant sports culture,
• The course has been designed in consultation
with current industry needs and practice.
• A period of work experience is included at
Level 2.
• Several modules include work-based learning.
JOB PROSPECTS
Sports development opportunities have increased
rapidly over the last five years and it is expected
that this will continue into the foreseeable future.
Postgraduate study is available and teacher
training for those interested in a career in
education.
As new professional accreditation is developed,
the course will tie into any industry-wide
structure.
<
>
quit
Sports Rehabilitation
UCAS Code
C602 BSc/SR (full-time).
Duration
3 years full-time.
Available as
Single Honours.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
Stephen Hodson
BSc (Hons) Sports
Rehabilitation.
“I chose the course because
I’m interested in how
people recover from injuries
and I want to be a Sports
Rehabilitator.”
ABOUT THE COURSE
SPECIAL FEATURES
The Sports Rehabilitation course is designed as a
graduate route into the sports rehabilitation
profession, with planned recognition by British
Association of Sports Rehabilitators and Trainers
(BASRaT).The course will also appeal to students
interested in a career in sports and exercise injury
treatment, by developing the knowledge, skills and
understanding required in this industry. Excellent
use is made of surrounding facilities, such as the
Bolton Arena, Sport City and numerous other
sports and clinical venues.
• Opportunities are available for you to work in
clinical practice in a variety of settings, from
large therapy centres to specialist treatment
areas.
• Strong links have been developed with a
number of sports rehabilitation centres in the
North-West, in particular with Meridian Sports
Medicine and Sports Performance Clinics.
• Planned Professional Accreditation.
• Practical and Vocational Nature of the course.
contents
JOB PROSPECTS
The applied nature of sports rehabilitation is
emphasised throughout the programme. You are
expected to develop your understanding and
application of the subject from both the theoretical
and vocational perspectives. A large proportion of
the course will involve practical laboratory and
clinical work. Skills relevant to the workplace and
lifelong learning will be developed throughout the
course.
Sports Rehabilitation and training is an expanding
area of the sports, health and fitness industry.
With people’s increased awareness of exercise
regimes and the need to prevent, and where
necessary, manage injury, there is extra emphasis
placed upon practitioners to educate clients and
treat possible problems. Similarly, with increasing
concerns over health and lifestyle, career
opportunities in the exercise industry are also
growing.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Example Modules:
Anatomy and Physiology, Clinical Anatomy,
Biomechanics of Movement and Injury, Manual
Therapy, Consultation Management, Research
Methods I and II, Treatment Modalities and Manual
Therapy, Sport and Exercise Nutrition, Anatomy,
Physiology and Pathology, Applied Sports
Psychology, Professional Practice, Applied Clinical
Neurology, Work Placement, Fitness Testing and
Exercise Prescription and Project.
The professional body in this field is working
towards state registration for practitioners.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
• BSc (Hons) Sports & Exercise Science.
Through the knowledge and skills specific to sports
rehabilitation, as well as the transferable skills
inherent within an Honours degree programme.
<
>
quit
Sports Science & Coaching
UCAS Code
C600 BSc/SSC (full-time).
Duration
3 years full-time.
Available as
Single Honours.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
Additional Costs
Gareth Payne
BSc (Hons) Sports
Rehabilitation.
“I’m hoping to work with a
sports team and professional
athletes after I graduate.”
ABOUT THE COURSE
The focus is on developing sports coaches with
the ability to apply sports science principles. There
is an emphasis on vocational skills development.
We enjoy close links with industry. We have
BASES-accredited staff, active in research and
consultancy. We have fully- equipped laboratory
and class facilities. We are close to state-of-the art
sports facilities. Our class sizes are small.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
required to meet the needs of the sports science
and/or coaching industries. The applied vocational
employers in this vibrant industry.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
and biomechanical aspects of sports performance
along with the principles and practice of sports
coaching. Modules include: Anatomy, Introduction
to Sport and Exercise Physiology, Biomechanics,
the Coaching Process, and Research Methods.
Biomechanics, Sport and Exercise Nutrition,
Effective Coaching, and Research Methods.
knowledge and skills through case studies, “live
projects” and work with “real clients”. You are
required to complete a level three dissertation
and a core module in Performance Planning &
Analysis. The remainder of the programme is
made up of optional modules drawn from:
Applied Sports Training Principles, Fitness Testing
and Exercise Prescription, Applied Sports
Psychology and Applied Exercise Psychology. All
modules are delivered through a combination of
teaching and directed and independent study.
Knowledge, skills and understanding are
methods including lectures, seminars, tutorials,
laboratory and field based practical work and
practical sports coaching activity. You are required
to complete a work placement along with the
research modules. Assessment methods include
individual and group assignments, oral and poster
presentations, laboratory reports, case studies,
major projects and examinations.
and transferable skills. These include critical
thinking, problem solving, communication,
SPECIAL FEATURES
lifelong learning.
• Regular interaction with the coaching
profession.
industry.
JOB PROSPECTS
Sports coaching, sports science support, physical
activity and health development, fitness
assessment, corporate fitness, exercise referral,
sports development, postgraduate study and
teacher training.
Successful completion will allow full membership
of the British Association of Sport and Exercise
Sciences (BASES).
• BSc (Hons) Sport & Exercise Science.
• BSc (Hons) Sports Rehabilitation.
contents
<
>
quit
Strength & Conditioning*
UCAS Code
C604 BSc/SC (full-time).
Duration
3 years full-time.
Available as
Single Honours.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
Additional Costs
ABOUT THE COURSE
This is one of the first courses of its type in the
country. It builds upon the considerable expertise
developed in the department in the areas of
sports science, sports coaching and sports
rehabilitation. There is an emphasis on vocational
skills development. We enjoy close links with
industry. We have BASES-accredited staff, active in
research and consultancy. We have fully- equipped
laboratory and class facilities. We are close to
state-of-the art sports facilities. Our class sizes
are small.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
developing the underpinning knowledge and
skills required to meet the needs of the strength
and conditioning industry. The applied vocational
employers in this emerging industry.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
and biomechanical aspects of strength and
conditioning. Modules include: Principles and
Practice of Strength and Conditioning, Anatomy,
Introduction to Sport and Exercise Physiology,
Biomechanics, The Coaching Process and
Research Methods.
Biomechanics, Sport and Exercise Nutrition,
Effective Conditioning and Research Methods.
knowledge and skills through case studies, “live
projects” and work with “real clients”. You are
required to complete a level three dissertation
and a core module in Conditioning Planning
& Analysis. The remainder of the programme
is made up of optional modules drawn from:
Applied Sports Training Principles, Fitness Testing
and Exercise Prescription, Applied Sports
Psychology and Applied Exercise Psychology. All
modules are delivered through a combination
of teaching and directed and independent
study. Knowledge, skills and understanding are
methods including lectures, seminars, tutorials,
laboratory and field based practical work and
practical conditioning activity. You are required
to complete a work placement along with the
research modules. Assessment methods include
individual and group assignments, oral and poster
presentations, laboratory reports, case studies,
major projects and examinations.
facilitates the development of a range of
personal and transferable skills. These include
critical thinking, problem solving, communication,
SPECIAL FEATURES
lifelong learning.
industry.
JOB PROSPECTS
Strength and conditioning specialists, sports
coaching, sports science support, physical activity
and health development, fitness assessment,
corporate fitness, exercise referral, sports
development, postgraduate study and teacher
training.
The course is designed with assistance from the
National Association for Strength & Conditioning.
• BSc (Hons) Sport & Exercise Science.
contents
<
>
quit
178
Tourism Management
International Tourism Management BSc (Hons)
179
Tourism Management BSc (Hons)
180
contents
<
>
quit
Tourism Management 179
International Tourism Management
UCAS Code
N840 BSc/ITM (full-time).
Duration
3 years full-time.
Available as
Single Honours.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
Additional Costs
Students will be expected to make
a contribution towards the cost of
overseas residential fieldtrips.
ABOUT THE COURSE
This vocationally-orientated course provides an
international focus to the study of Tourism
Management and aims to deliver the knowledge
and skills to successfully gain employment in an
exciting and demanding profession. You receive a
high level of academic and pastoral support and
delivery is usually to relatively small groups. The
learning resources to support this programme of
study have been rated as excellent. These include
internet and intranet sources, text books, journals,
videos and learning packs. As well as traditional
methods of delivery – lectures, seminars and
tutorials – learning is enhanced through a work
placement, which is usually overseas, together
with visits and residentials, guest speakers from
industry, international case studies and workshops.
There is also an opportunity to study one
semester in a partner institute overseas.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
The International Tourism Management degree
incorporates both subject-specific and generic
business modules, and has been designed to
reflect tourism industry practices and academic
developments. Language development is also a
key element of the programme and is tailor-made
to meet your needs, with entry profiles ranging
from beginners to advanced level.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Level 1
Tourism Principles; International Tourism Systems;
Financial Aspects of Business; Business Skills and
Personal Development; Introduction to HRM;
French, German or Spanish (Levels 1-3) or English
for overseas students (Level 1 or 2).
Level 2
International Tourism Supply and Demand;
Research Methods for Sport, Leisure and Tourism;
Tourism Planning and Control; Global Tourism
Management; and Work Experience (double
module).
Level 3
Dissertation (double module); Administration of
Tourism; Sustainable Tourism Management;
Strategic Marketing Management for Sport,
Leisure and Tourism; Tourism Industry Perspectives;
International Human Resource Management;
French, German or Spanish (Levels 3-5).
SPECIAL FEATURES
• Designed to meet the needs of the global
tourism industry.
• Excellent tutor support.
• Range of teaching and learning methods
including residentials, visits, workshops and
guest speakers.
• Opportunities to work and study overseas.
• Language skills developed to meet your needs
(no language requirement on entry).
JOB PROSPECTS
Tourism is a major employer worldwide. Examples
of previous employment destinations of graduates
include airlines, the hotel sector, tour operations
and local government tourism development.
• BSc (Hons) Tourism Management.
contents
<
>
quit
180 Tourism Management
Tourism Management
UCAS Code
N800 BSc/ToM (full-time).
Duration
3 years full-time.
Available as
Single Honours.
Start Dates
Typical Offer
GCSE English at grade C or above.
Additional Costs
Students will be expected to make
a contribution towards the cost of
overseas residential fieldtrips.
ABOUT THE COURSE
This vocationally-orientated course aims to
deliver the knowledge and skills necessary to
successfully gain employment within this
demanding and exciting profession. Site visits,
guest speakers and case studies support the
learning activity. The learning resources are rated
as excellent to support this course. These include
internet and intranet sources, text books, journals,
videos and learning packs. You receive a high level
of academic and pastoral support and delivery is
usually to relatively small groups. As well as
traditional methods of delivery – lectures,
seminars and tutorials - learning is enhanced
through a work placement, together with visits
and residentials, guest speakers from industry,
management case studies and workshops.
WHAT YOU WILL LEARN
The Tourism Management degree incorporates
both subject-specific and generic business
modules, and has been designed to reflect both
tourism industry practices and academic
developments. The programme’s distinctiveness is
maintained through an emphasis on a critical
analysis of tourism as an activity. Two central
themes of marketing and sustainable tourism
management are developed through first-year and
second-year core tourism modules. These are
further emphasised through the Final-year option
modules Strategic Marketing Management for
Sport, Leisure and Tourism and Sustainable
Tourism Management.
JOB PROSPECTS
Tourism is a major employer worldwide. Examples
of previous employment destinations range from
local government tourism departments to
industries such as the airline and hotel sectors.
Alternatively, some students obtain employment in
a general business environment or extend their
studies into postgraduate work.
WHAT YOU WILL STUDY
Level 1
Tourism Principles; International Tourism Systems;
Financial Aspects of Business; Business Skills and
Personal Development; Introduction to HRM; and
Option/Elective.
• BSc (Hons) International Tourism Management.
Level 2
International Tourism Supply and Demand;
Organisational Behaviour; Research Methods for
Sport, Leisure and Tourism; Tourism Planning and
Control; Applied Sport, Leisure and Tourism
Management; and Work Experience.
Level 3
Dissertation (double module); Strategic Marketing
Management for Sport, Leisure and Tourism;
Administration of Tourism; Contemporary
Management Issues (option); Sustainable Tourism
Management (option);Tourism Industry
Perspectives (option); French, German or Spanish
(option).
SPECIAL FEATURES
• Designed to meet the needs of the tourism
industry.
• Excellent tutor support.
• Range of teaching and learning methods
including residentials, visits, workshops and
guest speakers.
• Modular structure allows flexibility.
contents
<
>
quit
Entry requirements 181
Entry requirements
At Bolton we take pride in expanding
educational opportunity for individuals
Entry requirements for the following
qualifications:
and communities. Please refer to relevant
subject pages for specific details of
UCAS tariff point entry requirements.
Please note the University welcomes
applicants who have taken General
Studies AS or A level, and also Key Skills
at level 3. Both may be included in any
tariff score specified by individual
courses.
Access/Foundation Courses
• The access provision is aimed
particularly at students who do not have
the necessary formal qualifications to
gain direct entry onto programmes
leading to HND or degree awards. It is
also aimed at people who may have A
Level, Advanced Vocational Certificate
of Education (AVCE) or equivalent
qualifications in a non-related subject
area. Individual cases will be treated on
their merits.
• Students are normally expected to have
successfully completed Level 2
qualifications and have a portfolio of
related work for the Foundation
Diploma in Art and Design.
• Applicants for an Access Course are
expected to have spent at least a year
away from formal studying, or have
significant life/work experience.
• Overseas candidates must have
completed High School or equivalent
and have English language proficiency of
at least IELTS 5.0 or equivalent - see
page 19.
Foundation Degree/HND/HNC
Courses
• Students progressing straight from sixth
forms or FE colleges are normally
expected to have completed Level 3
qualifications.
• One GCE A/AS Level pass with the
required UCAS points including one A2
pass, or
• Advanced Vocational Certificate of
Education (AVCE) six unit award with
the required UCAS points, or
• Edexcel/BTEC National Award (6 units)
with grades equivalent to the required
UCAS points, or
contents
<
>
• Pass Advanced GNVQ, or
• Pass NVQ Level 3, or
• Other equivalent qualification such as
Scottish Highers, the Irish Leaving
Certificate, International Baccalaureate,
or
• Pass a relevant Kitemarked Access to
Higher Education course.
• Applicants will normally also require five
GCSE passes at grade C or above, or
equivalent.
quit
182 Entry requirements
• Special consideration is given to
qualifications but with relevant work/life
experience.
IELTS 6.0 or equivalent - see page 19.
Degree Courses
• Students progressing straight from sixth
forms or FE colleges are normally
expected to have completed Level 3
qualifications.
• Two or three GCE A/AS Level passes
with the relevant UCAS points including
2 or 3 A2 passes, or
• Advanced Vocational Certificate of
Education (AVCE) double award or two
AVCE single awards with the relevant
UCAS points, or
• Edexcel/BTEC National Diploma (18
units)/Certificate (12 units) with grades
equivalent to the relevant UCAS points.
The BTEC National Award (6 units)
should be combined with GCE AS/A
Level or AVCE qualifications, or
• Other equivalent qualifications, such as
Scottish Highers, the Irish Leaving
Certificate, International Baccalaureate, or
• Pass in Kitemarked Access to Higher
Education course.
• Applicants will normally also require five
GCSE passes at grade C or above or
equivalent.
• Special consideration is given to
qualifications, but with relevant work/life
experience.
IELTS 6.0 or equivalent - see page 19.
Other qualifications
We welcome students with qualifications
equivalent to the required UCAS tariff
points such as: European Baccalaureate.
UCAS tariffs
Further information on UCAS tariffs can
be found on the UCAS Website: www.
ucas.com
Accreditation of Prior
(Experiential) Learning APL/APEL
You may already have vocational
experience or non-traditional qualifications.
We will take this into account when you
apply for a course.
contents
Applicants who do not have formal entry
qualifications, but who have experience in
the area to be studied, can be offered
places or could be given exemptions from
preliminary parts of a course through
Accredited Prior Experiential Learning
(APEL).
Alternative entry routes
We are always happy to talk in confidence
to anyone interested in the alternative
routes into higher education and to
support them as much as possible.
By giving the appropriate practical
information, encouragement and advice, we
can break down some of the barriers
which often stop adult returners from
achieving their goal in higher education.
If in doubt, please ask the Recruitment and
Admissions team to put you in contact
with the programme tutor for further help
and advice. Call 01204 903903.
<
>
quit
How to apply 183
How to apply
Making an application
Applications are made either to UCAS,
GTTR or directly to the University,
depending on the type of course.
If you want to study a full-time diploma or
undergraduate course you must apply
through the University and Colleges
Admissions Service (UCAS).
UCAS applications should be made on-line
at: www.ucas.ac.uk/apply/index.html.
GTTR applications should be made on-line
at: www.gttr.ac.uk/applyonline/index.html.
The postal address for UCAS and GTTR is:
Rosehill, New Barn Lane, Cheltenham,
Gloucestershire, GL52 3LZ.
UCAS Customer Service Tel: 0870 1122211.
For full-time PGCE or CertEd courses
please apply though the Graduate Teacher
Training Registry (GTTR).
For all other courses please apply directly
to us (see below for details):
Course
Full-time undergraduate
degrees & HNDs
Route
UCAS
Full-time Foundation/
Access courses &
Foundation Degrees with
UCAS codes
UCAS
Full-time Teacher
Education courses
All other courses
GTTR
Direct to the
University
GTTR Customer Service Tel: 0870 1122205.
The UCAS/GTTR code for Bolton:
Code Name : BOLTN.
Code Number: B44.
Dates for your diary
The UCAS closing date for the receipt of
applications is 15th January 2007, but we
treat all applications equally, no matter what
date they are sent in. However, some
specialised courses do fill up very quickly, so
it is advisable to get your application in
before the deadline.
Personal Statement
Your Personal Statement is an important
part of your application and should cover:
• Why you want to do the course.
• Where you think the course is going to
take you.
• Any paid or unpaid work experience.
• Interests and hobbies.
Academic Reference
The reference is a crucial part of your
application and should include information
on:
• Attendance and punctuality.
• Academic performance.
• Time management skills.
• Contribution to any other
extracurricular activities.
Overseas applications (those from outside
the European Union) for undergraduate
courses can be made through appropriate
agents in the respective country or through
UCAS. Applications for other courses
should be made through the agent.
For more information, please contact the
Centre for International Relations:
Tel: +44 (0)1204 903110.
Fax: +44 (0)1204 903116.
Internet: www.bolton.ac.uk
Teacher education course
applications
(This is for those who want to teach
people aged 16 or over).
Applications for full-time PGCE or CertEd
courses should be made through GTTR
at www.gttr.ac.uk/applyonline/index.html.
Customer Service Tel: 0870 1122205.
contents
<
>
quit
184 How to apply
Applications for part-time teacher
education courses should be made directly
to us. For an application form, please
contact us on 01204 903903 or
email: [email protected].
An unconditional offer:
This will be made if you already satisfy the
entry requirements. You may have had an
interview, or already have your exam
results.
Two deadlines for Art & Design
course applications
Route A is the normal application system,
with a deadline of mid-January.
Route B is designed to allow you to
develop a portfolio of work and has a later
deadline of March.
A conditional offer:
This will be made if you have yet to take
your exams and will tell you the points or
grades you have to attain.
For the Foundation Diploma in Art &
Design, please apply directly to the
University. For an application form, please
contact us on 01204 903903 or email:
[email protected].
Courses without a UCAS code
Applicants who are interested in applying
for Foundation or Access courses, without
a UCAS code, need to return their
application form directly back to the
University.
The Offer
There are a number of offers that can be
made:
A changed course offer:
If we feel that the course you have applied
for is not suitable, given what you have
written on your application form, we may
make you either an unconditional or
conditional offer for another course. You
don’t have to accept this offer should you
not wish to do so.
A rejection:
This decision will only be made if we are
unable to make you an offer of a place at
the University.
What happens next?
We will write to you advising you of our
offer and inviting you to attend an Open
Day. This is an important event, where you
will have the opportunity to meet students
and academic staff, see our facilities and
find out what it is like to be a student at
the University. You are welcome to bring
your parents or guests to this Open Day.
Equal Opportunities
The University strives to promote equality
of opportunity in all our work. We try to
create a welcoming environment for
everyone, regardless of age, gender,
religion, race or disability.
To encourage applications from
disadvantaged people, there are limited
funds to help students in difficult
circumstances, for instance those in
exceptional hardship or with childcare
needs. Contact the Student Centre on
01204 903733.
Satisfied?
If you are unhappy about the way your
application has been dealt with, you should
write, in the first instance, to the Head of
Recruitment and Admissions, detailing your
concerns.
contents
<
>
quit
Our collaborative partners 185
Our collaborative partners
We are pleased to work with the following collaborative partners:
Accrington and Rossendale College
Sandy Lane
Accrington
Lancashire
BB5 2AW
Cirencester College
Fosse Way Campus
Stroud Road
Cirencester
G17 1XA
Telephone: 01254 389933
Website: www.accross.ac.uk
Telephone: 01285 640994
Website: www.cirencester.ac.uk
Alliance Learning
The Hurst Building
Horwich Loco Estate
Chorley New Road
Horwich
Bolton
BL6 5UE
Craven College*
High Street
Skipton
North Yorkshire
BD23 1JY
Telephone: 01756 791411
Website: www.craven-college.ac.uk
Telephone: 01204 677800
Website: www.alliancelearning.com
Bolton Community College
Manchester Road Centre
Manchester Road
Bolton
BL2 1ER
Telephone: 01204 907000
www.bolton-community-college.ac.uk
Bury College
Woodbury Centre
Market Street
Bury
Manchester
BL9 0BG
Telephone: 0161 280 8280
Website: www.burycollege.ac.uk
Hopwood Hall College
St Mary's Gate
Rochdale
OL12 6RY
Telephone: 01706 345346
Website: www.hopwood.ac.uk
Isle of Man College
Homefield Road
Douglas
Isle of Man
IM2 6RB
Telephone: 01624 648200
Website: www.iomcollege.ac.im
MANCAT
Openshaw Campus
Ashton Old Road
Openshaw
Manchester
M11 2WH
Telephone: 0161 953 5995
Website: www.mancat.ac.uk
North Trafford College
Talbot Road Centre
Talbot Road
Stretford
Manchester
M32 0XH
SSR
Ina Centre
65-69 Downing Street
Manchester
M1 7JE
Telephone: 0161 276 2100
Website: www.s-s-r.com
contents
Stockport College
Wellington Road South
Stockport
SK1 3UQ
Telephone: 0161 958 3100
Website: www.stockport.ac.uk
Telephone: 0161 886 7070
Website: www.ntc.ac.uk
Salford College
City Campus
Lissadel Street
Salford
M6 6AP
Telephone: 0161 211 5001
Website: www.salford-col.ac.uk
Skills Solution
Manchester Enterprises
Lee House
90 Great Bridgewater Street
Manchester
M1 5JW
Telephone: 0161 228 1111
Website: www.skillssolutiononline.com
Tameside College
Beaufort Road
Ashton-under-Lyne
OL6 6NX
Telephone: 0161 908 6789
Website: www.tameside.ac.uk
Wigan and Leigh College
PO Box 53
Parsons Walk
Wigan
WN1 1RS
Telephone: 01942 761600
Website: www.wigan-leigh.ac.uk
<
>
quit
186 Maps
Maps
Deane Campus
Deane Road
Bolton BL3 5AB
contents
<
>
A
B
Engineering & Design
Computing & Electronic Technology
Fire Research Facility
C Computing & Electronic Technology
Deane Student Programme Office
DS The Design Studio
Design
Digital Manipulation
eLaB
Graphics
Rapid Prototyping
Technology Development(Career
Video Conferencing
Visualisation
F
Deane Lecture Theatre
Deane Suite Boardroom
G Built Environment
H
M
S
T
T1
T2
T3
Sports Hall
Built Environment
Directorate Office
Personnel
Cafe Athena
Centre for Materials Research & Innovation
Eagle Mall
Student Centre
Eagle Tower
Learning, Support & Development (LS&D)
LS&D
Psychology
Sport, Leisure & Tourism Management
Business Studies
Business Logistics & Information Systems
Eagle Student Programme Office
Sport, Leisure & Tourism Management
T4
Biology
Health & Social Studies
Management
U Students’ Union Building
Z Eagle House
Z1 Finance
Estates
Facilities
Z2 Academic Quality & Standards
Data Management
Communication & Information Technology
Mathematics
Z3 Centre for Enterprise
Centre for International Relations
Short Course Office
quit
Maps 187
Chadwick Campus
Chadwick Street
Bolton BL2 1JW
contents
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
Lofthouse Building
Art & Design
Main Lecture Theatre
Caretakers
Refectory
Lofthouse Building
Art & Design
Education Laboratories
Pavilion Theatre
Spender Building
Multi-Media Lecture Theatre
Spender Building
Drama Studio
Graphics
Photography
Naughton Building
Cultural & Creative Studies
Main Reception
Student Programme Office
Simons Building
Education
Ryley Building
LS&D
Video (Art & Design)
Hollins Hall of Residence
Warden
<
>
quit
188 Maps
Bolton Location
Deane Road
Bolton BL3 5AB
Tel +44 (0)1204 903903
Fax +44 (0)1204 903809
Email [email protected]
Web http://www.bolton.ac.uk
contents
<
>
quit
Course index 189
Course index
A
Building Surveying & Property Management BSc (Hons)
45
Building Surveying & Property Management Foundation Degree (FdSc)
46
Business Access to HE
79
Business for International Students Access to HE
80
Business Information Systems BSc (Hons)
64
Adult ESOL Specialist – see Further, Higher & Adult Education
Business Information Systems HND/HNC
65
Adult Literacy Specialist – see Further, Higher & Adult Education
Business Software Development BSc (Hons)
83
Access to HE: Psychology
Accountancy BA (Hons)
79
80
166
63
Adult Numeracy Specialist – see Further, Higher & Adult Education
Business Software Development HND/HNC
84
Adventure Recreation Management Foundation Degree (FdA)* new
169
Business Studies BA (Hons)
66
Adventure Recreation Management (Top Up) BA (Hons)* new
170
Business Studies (Top Up) BA (Hons)
67
Aerospace Engineering HND/HNC
103
Business Studies HND/HNC
68
Animation & Illustration BA (Hons)
31
Applied Community Studies BA (Hons)
135
Architectural Technology BSc (Hons)
41
Architectural Technology Foundation Degree (FdSc)
42
Art & Design BA (Hons)
29
30
Arts in the Community (Top Up) BA (Hons)*
125
Automobile Engineering BEng (Hons)
104
Automobile Engineering HND/HNC
105
Automobile Technology BEng
106
Automotive Product Design BSc (Hons)
147
Automotive Retail Engineering HNC new
107
Automotive Retail Management &
Engineering Foundation Degree (FdSc) new
B
Biology BSc (Hons)
107
141
C
Certificate in Education Further, Higher & Adult Education
101
contents
<
>
Childhood Studies, Early – see Early Childhood Studies
Childhood Studies, Early Years – see Early Years Childhood Studies
Civil Engineering BSc (Hons)
47
Civil Engineering Foundation Degree (FdSc)*
48
Civil Engineering HNC
49
Clothing Foundation Degree (FdSc)
148
Community Health & Wellbeing BA (Hons)* new
127
Community Healthcare Nursing Specialist Practitioner
Courses BSc (Hons)/PgDip
Community Performance Foundation Degree (FdA)
Community Studies BA (Hons)
128
124
135
Computer Aided Engineering BEng (Hons)
108
Computer Aided Product Design BSc (Hons)
149
Computer Games Software Development BSc (Hons)/HND
85
Building Studies HNC
44
Computing BSc (Hons)
86
Building Studies HND
43
Computing HND/HNC
87
quit
190 Course index
Computing Technology BSc (Hons)
88
Engineering, Civil – see Civil Engineering
Computing Technology HND
89
Engineering, Computer Aided – see Computer Aided Engineering
Construction BSc (Hons)
50
Construction Management BSc (Hons)
51
Engineering, Electronic & Computer –
see Electronic & Computer Engineering
Construction Management Foundation Degree (FdSc)
52
Consumer Product Design BSc (Hons)
150
Counselling & Psychology BSc (Hons)
162
Creative Technologies BSc (Hons)/HND
90
Engineering, Mechanical – see Mechanical Engineering
English BA (Hons)
120
Environmental Studies BSc (Hons)
142
contents
Creative Writing BA (Hons)
119
F
Criminological & Forensic Psychology BSc (Hons)
163
Facilities Management Foundation Degree (FdSc)*
53
Facilities Management HNC*
54
D
Design & Technology HND
151
Design for Interiors Foundation Degree (FdA) new
32
Design for Interiors (Top Up) BA (Hons)* new
33
Design Innovation BDes (Hons)
34
E
Early Childhood Studies (Top Up) BA (Hons)
130
Early Years Childhood Studies Foundation Degree (FdA)
129
E-Business BSc (Hons)
69
Education Studies Combined Honours Pathway BA (Hons)
99
Fashion & Textiles BSc (Hons)* new
152
Fashion & Textiles HND* new
153
Fashion Product Development BSc (Hons)*
Fine Arts BA (Hons) new
154
35
Film & Media Studies BA (Hons)
121
Footwear Foundation Degree (FdSc)
155
Further, Higher & Adult Education PGCE/CertEd
101
G
Games Design BSc (Hons)/HND
91
Graphic Design BA (Hons)
36
Electronic & Computer Engineering BEng (Hons)
109
Electronic & Computer Engineering HND
110
H
Engineering Foundation Degree (FdEng)
111
Health & Social Care Foundation Degree (FdA)
131
112
Health Studies BA (Hons)
132
Engineering, Aerospace – see Aerospace Engineering
History BA (Hons)
136
Engineering, Automobile – see Automobile Engineering
Human Resource Management BA (Hons)
Human Sciences BSc (Hons)
70
143
<
>
quit
Course index 191
I
Management, Property Valuation & – see Property Management & Valuation
Management, Psychology & - see Psychology & Management
Interiors, Design for – see Design for Interiors
Management, Service Sector - see Service Sector Management
Interior Design, Property Development &
– see Property Development & Interior Design
International Management BA (Hons)* new
International Tourism Management BSc (Hons)
Management, Sport & Fitness – see Sport & Fitness Management
71
179
Management, Sport & Leisure – see Sport & Leisure Management
Management, Tourism – see Tourism Management
Internet Communications & Networks BSc (Hons)
92
Internet Security & Networks BSc (Hons)*
93
Management, Quantity Surveying & Commercial – see Quantity Surveying &
Commercial Management
Internet Systems Development BSc (Hons)
94
Marketing BA (Hons)
L
Law LLB (Hons) new
72
Law Combined Honours Pathway BA (Hons)
73
Logistics & Supply Chain Management BSc (Hons)
74
Logistics Management Foundation Degree (FdSc)* new
75
Mathematics BSc (Hons)
144
Mechanical Engineering BEng (Hons)
113
Mechanical Engineering HND/HNC
114
Mechatronics BSc (Hons)*
115
Media, Writing & Production BA (Hons)
122
Motor Vehicle & Transport Studies BSc (Hons)
116
Multimedia & Website Development BSc (Hons)/HND
contents
<
>
95
quit
M
Management BA (Hons)* new
77
76
Management, Adventure Recreation – see Adventure Recreation Management
Management, Automotive Retail & Engineering – see Automotive Retail Management
& Engineering
Management, Building Surveying & Property – see Building Surveying & Property
Management
Management, Construction – see Construction Management
Management, Facilities – see Facilities Management
P
Planning Foundation Degree (FdSc)* new
Planning HNC*
Philosophy BA (Hons)
Photography & Video BA (Hons)
55
56
137
37
Postgraduate Certificate in Education Further, Higher & Adult Education
101
Product Design BA (Hons)* new
156
Management, International Tourism – see International Tourism Management
Product Design, Automotive – see Automotive Product Design
Product Design, Computer Aided – see Computer Aided Product Design
Product Design, Consumer – see Consumer Product Design
Professional Development in Education BA (Hons)
100
Management, Logistics – see Logistics Management
Property Development & Interior Design BSc (Hons)*
Management, Human Resource – see Human Resource Management
Management, International – see International Management
Management, Logistics & Supply Chain – see Logistics & Supply Chain Management
57
192 Course index
Property Management & Valuation Foundation Degree (FdSc)* new
58
Property Management & Valuation HNC* new
59
Psychology Access to HE new
166
Psychology BSc (Hons)
161
Psychology & Management Combined Honours BA/BSc (Hons)* new
164
Psychology, Counselling & – see Counselling & Psychology
Psychology, Criminological & Forensic –
T
Textile Design BA (Hons)* new
38
Textile Technology BSc (Hons)
158
Textiles Foundation Degree (FdSc)
157
Textiles, Fashion & – see Fashion & Textiles
Tourism Management BSc (Hons)
180
Tourism Management, International – see International Tourism Management
see Criminological & Forensic Psychology
Psychology, Sport & Exercise – see Sport & Exercise Psychology
W
Q
Writing for Stage, Screen & Radio BA (Hons)*
Quantity Surveying & Commercial Management BSc (Hons)
60
Quantity Surveying & Commercial Management Foundation Degree (FdSc) 61
Service Sector Management Foundation Degree (FdA)
Sociology Combined Honours Pathway BA (Hons)
78
138
Sound Engineering & Design Foundation Degree (FdSc)
96
Special Effects Development BSc (Hons)/BDes (Hons)/HND
97
Sport & Exercise Psychology BSc (Hons)
165
Sport & Exercise Science BSc (Hons)
171
Sport & Fitness Management Foundation Degree (FdA) new
172
Sport & Leisure Management BA (Hons)
173
Sports Development BA (Hons)
Sports Rehabilitation BSc (Hons)
174
175
Sports Science & Coaching BSc (Hons)
176
Strength & Conditioning BSc (Hons)* new
177
123
<
Y
Youth & Community Work Certificate of Continuing
Professional Development new
S
contents
139
>
quit
193
Terms and Conditions
Students’ entitlement
Our aim at the University of Bolton is to promote an
open and honest relationship with everyone who
comes in contact with us, especially our students. We
are, therefore, committed to providing you with as
much information as possible about our courses and
educational services.
Once you become a student here you will be given
documents that set out clearly what you can expect
from the teaching, examination, assessments and other
educational services. One of these documents will be
our Student Handbook, which contains the Student
Entitlement Statement, explaining our responsibilities
to you as a student and our expectations of you in
return. Linked to this statement is a formal Complaints
Procedure which explains how dissatisfaction with any
aspect of our services may be expressed.
By making sure you have this information we hope to
maintain and improve our level of service to students
and to act upon any issues of concern quickly and
effectively.
Terms and conditions of enrolment
As a student you will be required as a condition of
enrolment to:
a) abide by and submit to the procedures of the
University’s rules and regulations as amended from
time to time (a copy of the current rules and
regulations is available from the Student Centre)
and
b) observe the terms and conditions of the
Instruments, Articles, Statutes, Ordinances and
Resolutions of the University and also abide by the
rules and regulations which the University makes
for its students from time to time.
The University will use reasonable endeavours to
deliver courses and services in accordance with the
descriptions set out in the Prospectus. However, the
University does not guarantee the provision of such
Services. It is also very largely dependent upon public
funds, which the University has to manage in a way
which is efficient and cost effective, in the context of
the provision of a diverse range of courses to a large
number of students.
The University therefore:
Variation or discontinuance of courses
a) reserves the right to make variations to the
contents or methods of delivery of courses, to
discontinue courses and to merge or combine
courses if such action is reasonably considered to
be necessary by the University. If the University
discontinues any course, it will use its reasonable
endeavours to provide a suitable alternative
course but failing that reimburse all fees paid in
relation to such a course for the academic year,
terms, semester or other academic periods for
which the course is discontinued.
Acknowledgements
Produced and Edited by
Joanna Bell, Marketing Liaison Officer.
Assisted by
The staff of the University of Bolton.
Design and Art Direction by
Spirit Associates, Manchester.
Exclusion of liability
b) does not accept responsibility, and hereby
expressly excludes liability for:
Printed by
i)
Linney Group, Mansfield.
any damage caused to or the loss of students’
property whilst on University premises or whilst
undertaking University activities howsoever caused
ii) the transfer of computer viruses to students’
equipment and
Photography
Adrian Greenhalgh, University Photographer.
iii) breach of contract arising from its failure to
provide a particular course beyond the repayment
of fees as mentioned above.
Andy James.
Force Majeure
c) shall not be liable to a student in respect of any
delay in providing or failure to provide educational
services if such delay or failure arises from:
DfES For Financial Support for Higher
Education.
i)
strikes or other industrial action or disputes
(including concerted action by the student body
or a part thereof)
ii) any act of neglect or default of the student
iii) any other cause beyond the reasonable control of
the University.
Provided that the University takes all reasonable
steps to minimise the disruptions to the provision of
services caused thereby.
Should you become a student at the University these
provisions shall constitute terms of the contract
between you and the University. Any offer of a place
made to you by the University is made on the basis
that in accepting such an offer you signify your consent
to the incorporation of these provisions as terms of
any such contract.
Other Acknowledgements
Students of the University.
contents
<
>
quit
contents
<
quit
Deane Road
Bolton
Lancashire BL3 5AB
Minicom Access
+44 (0) 1204 903490
Tel +44 (0) 1204 900600
Fax +44 (0) 1204 399074
Schools & Colleges Liaison
+44 (0) 1204 903812
Internet: http//www.bolton.ac.uk
Student Centre
+44 (0) 1204 903733 (Student Information)
+44 (0) 1204 903080 (Careers Service)
+44 (0) 1204 903484 (Accommodation)
Prospectus & Course Hotline
+44 (0) 1204 903903
Students’ Union
+44 (0) 1204 900850

University of Bolton

Transcription

Similar documents

big sky connection

Web INsert JULY 2014

Ayurvedic Education in the UK

Energy Center under construction

Student Programme Handbook 2009/10

Publication

APBD06 Information Booklet - Employment Sites

A Day In The Life

Ceolta Cruit - Dundalk Institute of Technology

I lllllltli The Comment